Перевод: со всех языков на английский

true+north

61 nord géographique

m

true north

Architecture française et le dictionnaire de construction > nord géographique
62 norte geográfico

m.

true north.

Spanish-English dictionary > norte geográfico
63 склонение станции

склонение станции

Отклонение выставляемого нулевого радиала VOR от истинного севера, определяемое при калибровке станции VOR.

station declination

An alignment variation between the zero degree radial of a VOR and true north, determined at the time the VOR station is calibrated.

(AN 11; AN 14/I; AN 15)

Official definition added to: AN 11 by Amdt 37 (1997), AN 14/I and 14/II by Amdt 2 (1997), AN 15 by Amdt 29 (1997).

Русско-английский словарь международной организации гражданской авиации > склонение станции
64 nord géographique

true ou geographic north

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > nord géographique
65 de fama mundial

de fama mundial

world-famous

* * *

(adj.) = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown

Ex. The prestige of working for a world-renowned abstracting organization and of having one's name carried in its publications is also motivating.

Ex. The coastal temperate rain forests of north-western North America are internationally renowned as the archetypal expression of the temperate rain forest biome.

Ex. Larry King is not only a world-renown journalist, but a true American icon.

* * *

(adj.) = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown

Ex: The prestige of working for a world-renowned abstracting organization and of having one's name carried in its publications is also motivating.

Ex: The coastal temperate rain forests of north-western North America are internationally renowned as the archetypal expression of the temperate rain forest biome.

Ex: Larry King is not only a world-renown journalist, but a true American icon.

Spanish-English dictionary > de fama mundial
66 genau

I Adj.

1. exact, accurate; TECH. auch true; (exakt) exact, precise; die genaue Zeit the exact time

2. (ins Einzelne gehend) detailed; genauer Bericht detailed account, full report; etwas Genaues something definite; Genaueres further details Pl.; weißt du Genaueres? do you know any more about it?

3. (sorgfältig, gründlich) careful, thorough; stärker: meticulous; Person: (streng) strict; (eigen) particular; peinlich genau scrupulously exact, absolutely meticulous; bei genauerer Betrachtung on closer inspection; in Gelddingen ist sie sehr genau she’s very particular ( oder scrupulous) in money matters

II Adv. exactly etc.; siehe I; genau! exactly, that’s it; genau dasselbe (exactly) the same thing; genau das wollte ich auch sagen that’s exactly ( oder just) what I was going to say; genau der Mann, den wir brauchen just the man we want; genau in der Mitte right in the middle; genau in diesem Augenblick at that very moment; genau nach Norden etc. fahren travel due north etc.; genau um 4 Uhr at exactly 4 o’clock, at 4 o’clock on the dot; aufs genaueste oder Genaueste to a T; genau aufpassen pay close attention; (zusehen) auch watch closely ( oder carefully); genau hinhören listen closely ( oder carefully); Vorschriften genau befolgen follow closely; genau beschreiben describe exactly; (ins Einzelne gehend) describe in detail; genau gehen Uhr: keep good time; genau genommen strictly speaking; (eigentlich) actually; genau kennen know inside out; sich (Dat) etw. genau merken (einprägen) note s.th. precisely, make a careful note of s.th.; (nachtragend sein) not forget s.th.; merk dir das genau make sure you don’t forget it; etw. genau nehmen (wörtlich) take s.th. literally; es genau nehmen be very particular oder strict ( mit about); es mit der Disziplin / Wahrheit etc. genau nehmen be a stickler for discipline / the truth etc.; es mit der Etikette genau nehmen stand on etiquette; du darfst es nicht so genau nehmen (ist nicht so schlimm) you mustn’t take it so seriously; (du bist zu pedantisch) you’ve got to stretch a point here and there; genau passen be a perfect fit; jemandem genau passen fit s.o. perfectly; das reicht genau that’s just enough; nicht genau stimmen Angabe, Ergebnis, Zeit etc. not be spot on; auch Uhr, Waage etc.: not be quite right, be a bit out; stimmt genau! (you’re) absolutely right; genau überlegt carefully considered; ich weiß es noch nicht genau I’m not sure yet; ich weiß es genau I know (for sure); so genau wollte ich es gar nicht wissen iro. I didn’t really want ( oder you etc. could have spared me) all the gory details; Minute

* * *

right (Adv.); accurate (Adj.); faithful (Adj.); to the minute (Adv.); precise (Adj.); fine (Adj.); exact (Adj.); just (Adv.); strict (Adj.); scrupulous (Adj.); exactly (Adv.); thorough (Adj.); severe (Adj.); particular (Adj.); punctual (Adj.); specific (Adj.)

* * *
ge|nau [gə'nau]
1. adj
exact; (= richtig auch) accurate; (= präzis auch) precise; (= sorgfältig auch) meticulous; (= förmlich genau auch) punctilious
haben Sie die genáúe Zeit? — have you got (esp Brit) or do you have the right or exact time?

Genaueres — further details pl or particulars pl

Genaueres weiß ich nicht — I don't know any more than that

man weiß nichts Genaues über ihn — no-one knows anything definite about him

2. adv

genáú! (inf) — exactly!, precisely!, quite!

genáú dasselbe — just or exactly the same

genáú das Gegenteil — just or exactly the opposite

genáú in der Mitte — right in the middle

genáú das wollte ich sagen — that's just or exactly what I wanted to say

ich kenne ihn genáú — I know just or exactly what he's like

etw genáú wissen — to know sth for certain or for sure

etw genáú nehmen — to take sth seriously

genáú genommen — strictly speaking

er nimmt es sehr/nicht sehr genáú — he's very/not very particular (mit etw about sth)

einen Entschluss genáú überlegen — to think a decision over very carefully

meine Uhr geht genáú — my watch keeps accurate time

es stimmt auf den Millimeter genáú — it's right to the millimetre (Brit) or millimeter (US)

die Schuhe passten mir genáú — the shoes fitted me perfectly

das reicht genáú — that's just enough

genáúestens, aufs genáúeste or Genaueste — (right) down to the last (little) detail

genáú entgegengesetzt — diametrically opposed

genáú auf die Minute — dead (inf) or exactly on time

so genáú wollte ich es (nun auch wieder) nicht wissen! (iro) — you can spare me the details

See:

→ Wahrheit

* * *

1) accurately

2) (exactly right: an accurate drawing.) accurate

3) (making no mistakes: an accurate memory.) accurate

4) (thorough: a close examination of the facts; Keep a close watch on him.) close

5) (careful; detailed: Fine workmanship is required for such delicate embroidery.) fine

6) (giving many details with nothing left out: His instructions were very detailed.) detailed

7) (directly South: sailing due east.) due

8) ((especially with on) to discuss details: She elaborated on the next day's menu.) elaborate

9) (absolutely accurate or correct in every detail; the same in every detail; precise: What are the exact measurements of the room?; For this recipe the quantities must be absolutely exact; an exact copy; What is the exact time?; He walked in at that exact moment.) exact

10) exact

11) (just; quite; absolutely: He's exactly the right man for the job.) exactly

12) (in accurate detail; precisely: Work out the prices exactly; What exactly did you say?) exactly

13) (used as a reply meaning `I quite agree'.) exactly

14) (exactly; directly: She hit him full in the face.) full

15) ((often with as) exactly or precisely: This penknife is just what I needed; He was behaving just as if nothing had happened; The house was just as I'd remembered it.) just

16) ((with as) quite: This dress is just as nice as that one.) just

17) (exact; precise: a nice sense of timing.) nice

18) (exactly: at midday precisely; Precisely what do you mean?; He spoke very precisely.) precisely

19) (used to express complete agreement: `So you think we should wait until tomorrow?' `Precisely.') precisely

20) (exact: Give me his precise words; precise instructions; a precise translation.) precise

21) (careful to be accurate and exact in manner, speech etc: He is always very precise.) precise

22) (complete or thorough: Have you made a proper search?) proper

23) (punctually: Come at six (o'clock) sharp.) sharp

24) (tightly and neatly: The gun fitted snugly into my pocket.) snugly

25) (exact or precise: If the strict truth were known, he was drunk, not ill.) strict

26) (thoroughly: Examine the car well before you buy it.) well

27) (exactly or precisely the thing, person etc mentioned: You're the very man I want to see; At that very minute the door opened.) very

* * *

ge·nau

[gəˈnau]

I. adj

1. (exakt) exact

haben Sie die \genaue Uhrzeit? have you got the right [or exact] time?

man weiß noch nichts G\genaues nobody knows any details as yet

2. (gewissenhaft) meticulous

▪ [in etw dat] \genau sein to be meticulous [in sth]

II. adv

1. (exakt) exactly, precisely

\genau! (fam) exactly!, precisely!, quite!

\genau in der Mitte right in the middle

\genau genommen strictly speaking

etw \genauer betrachten to take a closer look at sth

\genau das Gegenteil trifft zu just [or exactly] the opposite is true

\genauestens, aufs \genaueste [o G\genaueste] [right] down to the last detail

etw [nicht] \genau wissen to [not] know sth for certain [or sure]

so \genau wollte ich es [nun auch wieder] nicht wissen! (iron) [you can] spare me the details!

auf den Millimeter \genau accurate to the millimetre BRIT, dead nuts AM sl

auf die Minute \genau exactly [or dead] on time

2. (eben, gerade) just

sie ist \genau die richtige Frau für diesen Job she's just the right woman for the job

3.

▶ es [mit etw dat] [nicht] \genau nehmen to [not] be very particular [about sth]

▶ wenn man es \genau nimmt strictly speaking

* * *
1.
Adjektiv

1) exact; precise; accurate < scales>; exact, right < time>

Genaues/Genaueres wissen — know the/more exact or precise details

ich weiß nichts Genaues/Genaueres — I don't know anything definite/more definite

2) (sorgfältig, gründlich) meticulous, painstaking < person>; careful < study>; precise < use of language>; detailed, thorough < knowledge>
2.
adverbial

1) exactly; precisely

genau um 8[su]00[/su] — at 8 o'clock precisely; at exactly 8 o'clock

die Uhr geht [auf die Minute] genau — the watch/clock keeps perfect time

2) (gerade, eben) just

genau reichen — be just enough

3) (als Verstärkung) just; exactly; precisely

4) (als Zustimmung) exactly; precisely; quite [so]

5) (sorgfältig)

etwas genau durchdenken — think something out carefully or meticulously

jemanden genau kennen — know exactly what somebody is like

etwas genau beachten — observe something meticulously or painstakingly

es mit etwas [nicht so] genau nehmen — be [not too] particular about something

genau genommen — strictly speaking

* * *

genau

A. adj

1. exact, accurate; TECH auch true; (exakt) exact, precise;

die genaue Zeit the exact time

2. (ins Einzelne gehend) detailed;

genauer Bericht detailed account, full report;

etwas Genaues something definite;

Genaueres further details pl;

weißt du Genaueres? do you know any more about it?

3. (sorgfältig, gründlich) careful, thorough; stärker: meticulous; Person: (streng) strict; (eigen) particular;

peinlich genau scrupulously exact, absolutely meticulous;

bei genauerer Betrachtung on closer inspection;

in Gelddingen ist sie sehr genau she’s very particular ( oder scrupulous) in money matters

B. adv exactly etc; → A;

genau! exactly, that’s it;

genau dasselbe (exactly) the same thing;

genau das wollte ich auch sagen that’s exactly ( oder just) what I was going to say;

genau der Mann, den wir brauchen just the man we want;

genau in der Mitte right in the middle;

genau in diesem Augenblick at that very moment;

genau nach Norden etc

fahren travel due north etc;

genau um 4 Uhr at exactly 4 o’clock, at 4 o’clock on the dot;

aufs genaueste oder

Genaueste to a T;

genau aufpassen pay close attention; (zusehen) auch watch closely ( oder carefully);

genau hinhören listen closely ( oder carefully);

Vorschriften

genau befolgen follow closely;

genau beschreiben describe exactly; (ins Einzelne gehend) describe in detail;

genau gehen Uhr: keep good time;

genau genommen strictly speaking; (eigentlich) actually;

genau kennen know inside out;

sich (dat)

etwas genau merken (einprägen) note sth precisely, make a careful note of sth; (nachtragend sein) not forget sth;

merk dir das genau make sure you don’t forget it;

etwas genau nehmen (wörtlich) take sth literally;

es genau nehmen be very particular oder strict (

mit about);

es mit der Disziplin/Wahrheit etc

genau nehmen be a stickler for discipline/the truth etc;

es mit der Etikette genau nehmen stand on etiquette;

du darfst es nicht so genau nehmen (ist nicht so schlimm) you mustn’t take it so seriously; (du bist zu pedantisch) you’ve got to stretch a point here and there;

genau passen be a perfect fit;

jemandem genau passen fit sb perfectly;

das reicht genau that’s just enough;

nicht genau stimmen Angabe, Ergebnis, Zeit etc not be spot on; auch Uhr, Waage etc: not be quite right, be a bit out;

stimmt genau! (you’re) absolutely right;

genau überlegt carefully considered;

ich weiß es noch nicht genau I’m not sure yet;

ich weiß es genau I know (for sure);

so genau wollte ich es gar nicht wissen iron I didn’t really want ( oder you etc could have spared me) all the gory details; → Minute

* * *
1.
Adjektiv

1) exact; precise; accurate < scales>; exact, right < time>

Genaues/Genaueres wissen — know the/more exact or precise details

ich weiß nichts Genaues/Genaueres — I don't know anything definite/more definite

2) (sorgfältig, gründlich) meticulous, painstaking < person>; careful < study>; precise < use of language>; detailed, thorough < knowledge>
2.
adverbial

1) exactly; precisely

genau um 8[su]00[/su] — at 8 o'clock precisely; at exactly 8 o'clock

die Uhr geht [auf die Minute] genau — the watch/clock keeps perfect time

2) (gerade, eben) just

genau reichen — be just enough

3) (als Verstärkung) just; exactly; precisely

4) (als Zustimmung) exactly; precisely; quite [so]

5) (sorgfältig)

etwas genau durchdenken — think something out carefully or meticulously

jemanden genau kennen — know exactly what somebody is like

etwas genau beachten — observe something meticulously or painstakingly

es mit etwas [nicht so] genau nehmen — be [not too] particular about something

genau genommen — strictly speaking

* * *

adj.

accurate adj.

exact adj.

exacting adj.

just adj.

pedantic adj.

precise adj.

right adj.

strict adj. adv.

accurately adv.

correctly adv.

exactly adv.

minutely adv.

precisely adv.

properly adv.

right adv.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > genau
67 aller

aller [ale]

━━━━━━━━━

1. intransitive verb

2. impersonal verb

3. auxiliary verb

4. reflexive verb

5. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 9

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► aller is conjugated with être.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. (déplacement) to go

• où vas-tu ? where are you going?

• vas-y ! go on!

• on y va ? (avant un départ) shall we go? ; (avant d'agir) shall we start?

• allons-y ! let's go!

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► aller se traduit souvent par un verbe plus spécifique en anglais.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• j'allais par les rues désertes I wandered through the empty streets

• aller quelque part en voiture to drive somewhere

• aller quelque part en avion to fly somewhere

► aller et venir (entre deux endroits) to come and go ; (dans une pièce) to pace up and down

► aller + préposition

• aller à to go to

• il est allé à Caen he went to Caen

• ils sont allés à la campagne they went to the country

• aller à l'école to go to school

• l'argent ira à la restauration du clocher the money will go towards restoring the bell tower

• aller chez le boucher to go to the butcher's

• aller chez un ami to go to a friend's

• aller en France to go to France

• je vais sur or vers Lille (en direction de) I'm going towards Lille ; (but du voyage) I'm going to Lille

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque être allé à/en signifie avoir visité, il se traduit par to have been to.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• je ne suis jamais allé à New York I've never been to New York

• étiez-vous déjà allés en Sicile ? had you been to Sicily before?

   b. (évolution) on va à la catastrophe we're heading for disaster

• aller sur ses 30 ans to be getting on for 30 (Brit) to be going on 30 (US)

► plus ça va

• plus ça va, plus les gens s'inquiètent people are getting more and more worried

• plus ça va, plus je me dis que j'ai eu tort the more I think about it, the more I realize how wrong I was► aller en + participe présent

• aller en empirant to get worse and worse

• aller en augmentant to keep increasing

   c. ( = durer) l'abonnement va jusqu'en juin the subscription lasts till June

• la période qui va du 22 mai au 15 juillet the period from 22 May to 15 July

   d. (état, santé) comment allez-vous ? how are you?

• il va bien he's fine

• il va mal he's in a bad way

• comment ça va ? -- ça va how are you doing? -- fine

• ça va mieux maintenant I'm feeling better now

• non mais ça va pas ! (inf) are you out of your mind? (inf)

• comment vont les affaires ? -- elles vont bien how's business? -- fine

• ça va mal en Russie Russia is in a bad way

• ça va mal aller si tu continues there's going to be trouble if you carry on like that

• l'économie va mieux the economy is doing better

   e. ( = convenir) ça ira comme ça ? is it all right like that?

• aller avec to go well with

• aller bien ensemble [couleurs, styles] to go well together

• ils vont bien ensemble [personnes] they make a nice couple

► aller à qn (forme, mesure) to fit sb ; (style, genre) to suit sb

• cette robe te va très bien (couleur, style) that dress really suits you ; (taille) that dress fits you perfectly

• rendez-vous demain 4 heures ? -- ça me va (inf) tomorrow at 4? -- OK, fine (inf)

• ça lui va mal de critiquer les autres he's got a nerve (inf) criticizing other people

   f. (exclamations) allons !

• allez ! go on!

• allez la France ! come on France!

• allons, allons, il ne faut pas pleurer come on, don't cry

• ce n'est pas grave, allez ! come on, it's not so bad!

• va donc, eh crétin ! you stupid idiot! (inf)

• allez-y, c'est votre tour go on, it's your turn

• allez-y, vous ne risquez rien go on, you've nothing to lose

• non mais vas-y, insulte-moi ! (inf) go on, insult me!

► allons bon !

• allons bon ! qu'est-ce qui t'est encore arrivé ? now what's happened?

• allons bon, j'ai oublié mon sac ! oh dear, I've left my bag behind!► ça va ! (inf) ( = assez) that's enough! ; ( = d'accord) OK, OK! (inf)

• tes remarques désobligeantes, ça va comme ça ! I've had just about enough of your nasty comments!

• alors, tu viens ? -- ça va, j'arrive ! are you coming then? -- OK, OK (inf), I'm coming!

• ça fait dix fois que je te le dis -- ça va, je vais le faire ! I've told you ten times -- look, I'll do it, OK? (inf)► va pour (inf)

va pour 30 € ! OK, 30 euros then!

• j'aimerais aller à Tokyo -- alors va pour Tokyo ! I'd like to go to Tokyo -- Tokyo it is then!

2. <

• il y va de votre vie your life is at stake

• il en va de même pour tous les autres the same goes for all the others

• ça y va le whisky chez eux ! they certainly get through a lot of whisky!

• ça y allait les insultes ! you should have heard the abuse!

3. <

► aller + infinitif

   a. (futur)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque aller + infinitif sert à exprimer le futur, il se traduit par will + infinitif ; will est souvent abrégé en 'll.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il va descendre dans une minute he'll come down in a minute

• je vais le faire tout de suite I'll do it right away

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► La forme du futur to be going to s'utilise pour mettre qn en garde.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• tu vas être en retard you're going to be late

• je vais le dire à ton père I'll tell your father ; ( = menace) I'm going to tell your father

   b. (intention) il est allé se renseigner he's gone to get some information ; (a obtenu les informations) he went and got some information

• aller voir qn à l'hôpital to go and visit sb in hospital

   c. (locutions) n'allez pas vous imaginer que... don't you go imagining that...

• allez savoir ! (inf) who knows?

• va lui expliquer ça, toi ! you try explaining that to him!

4. <

► s'en aller

   a. ( = partir) to go

• bon, je m'en vais right, I'm going

• elle s'en va en vacances demain she is going on holiday tomorrow

• va-t'en ! go away!

   b. ( = disparaître) [tache] to come off ; (sur tissu) to come out

• ça s'en ira au lavage [boue] it'll wash off ; [tache] it'll wash out

5. <

   a. ( = billet) single (ticket) (Brit), one-way ticket (US)

   b. ( = trajet) outward journey

• l'aller s'est bien passé the outward journey went well

• trois allers (simples) pour Tours three singles (Brit) or one-way tickets (US) to Tours

► aller et retour return (ticket) (Brit) round-trip ticket (US)

• l'aller et retour Paris-New York coûte 2 500 € Paris-New York is 2,500 euros return (Brit) or round-trip (US)

• je ne fais que l'aller et retour I'm just going there and back

• j'ai fait plusieurs allers et retours entre chez moi et la pharmacie I made several trips to the chemist's

• le dossier a fait plusieurs allers et retours entre nos services the file has been shuttled between departments

* * *

I
1. ale
verbe auxiliaire

1) ( marque le futur)

je vais rentrer chez moi — I'm going home

j'allais partir — I was just leaving

j'allais partir quand il est arrivé — I was about to leave when he arrived

l'homme qui allait inventer la bombe atomique — the man who was to invent the atomic bomb

il va le regretter — he'll regret it

ça va aller mal — (colloq) there'll be trouble

tu vas me laisser tranquille? — will you please leave me alone!

2) ( marque le futur programmé)

je vais leur dire ce que je pense — I'm going to tell them what I think

3) ( marque le mouvement)

aller rouler de l'autre côté de la rue — to go rolling across the street

aller atterrir (colloq) sur mon bureau — to end up on my desk

4) ( marque l'inclination)

va savoir! — who knows?

qu'es-tu allé te mettre en tête? — where did you pick up that idea?

qui irait le soupçonner? — who would suspect him?

pourquoi es-tu allé faire ça? — why did you have to go and do that?

allez-y comprendre quelque chose! — just try and work that out!

5) ( marque l'évolution)

la situation va (en) se compliquant — the situation is getting more and more complicated

aller (en) s'améliorant — to be improving

la tristesse ira (en) s'atténuant — the grief will diminish

2.

verbe intransitif

1) (se porter, se dérouler, fonctionner)

comment vas-tu, comment ça va? — how are you?

ça va (bien) — I'm fine

les enfants vont bien? — are the children all right?

comment va la santé? — how are you keeping?

aller beaucoup mieux — to be much better

bois ça, ça ira mieux — drink this, you'll feel better

tout va bien? — is everything going all right?

vous êtes sûr que ça va? — are you sure you're all right?

les affaires vont bien — business is good

ça va l'école? — how are things at school?

ça ne va pas très fort — ( ma santé) I'm not feeling very well; ( la vie) things aren't too good; ( le moral) I'm feeling a bit low

ça va mal entre eux — things aren't too good between them

qu'est-ce qui ne va pas? — what's the matter?

la voiture a quelque chose qui ne va pas — there's something wrong with the car

tout est allé si vite! — it all happened so quickly!

ne pas aller sans peine or mal — not to be easy

ça va de soi or sans dire — it goes without saying

l'amour ne va jamais de soi — love is never straightforward

ça va tout seul — ( c'est facile) it's a doddle (colloq) GB, it's easy as pie

les choses vont très vite — things are moving fast

on fait aller — (colloq) struggling on (colloq)

ça peut aller — (colloq)

ça ira — (colloq) could be worse (colloq)

ça va pas, non (colloq) or la tête? — (colloq) are you mad (colloq) GB ou crazy? (colloq)

2) ( se déplacer) to go

allez tout droit — go straight ahead

aller et venir — ( dans une pièce) to pace up and down; ( d'un lieu à l'autre) to run in and out

la liberté d'aller et venir — the freedom to come and go at will

les nouvelles vont vite — news travels fast

où vas-tu? — where are you going?, where are you off (colloq) to?

aller en Pologne/au marché — to go to Poland/to the market

je suis allé de Bruxelles à Anvers — I went from Brussels to Antwerp

allons-y! — let's go!

je l'ai rencontré en allant au marché — I met him on the way to the market

aller sur or vers Paris — to head for Paris

aller vers le nord — to head north

va-t-on vers une nouvelle guerre? — are we heading for another war?

j'y vais — ( je m'en occupe) I'll get it; ( je pars) (colloq) I'm going, I'm off (colloq)

où va-t-il? — where is he off to? (colloq)

où va-t-on? — (colloq)

où allons-nous? — (colloq) fig what are things coming to?, what's the world coming to?

3) ( pour se livrer à une activité)

aller au travail — to go to work

aller à la chasse — to go hunting

aller au pain — (colloq) to go and get the bread

aller aux courses (colloq) or commissions — (colloq) to go shopping

aller aux nouvelles — to go and see if there's any news

4) ( s'étendre dans l'espace)

la route va au village — the road leads to the village

la rue va de la gare à l'église — the street goes from the station to the church

5) ( convenir)

ma robe, ça va? — is my dress all right?

ça va, ça peut aller — (colloq) ( en quantité) that'll do; ( en qualité) it'll do

ça va comme ça — it's all right as it is

ça ne va pas du tout — that's no good at all

la traduction n'allait pas — the translation was no good

une soupe, ça (te) va? — how about some soup?

va pour une soupe — (colloq) soup is okay (colloq)

ça va si je porte un jean? — can I wear jeans?

si le contrat ne te va pas, ne le signe pas — don't sign the contract if you're not happy with it

si ça va pour toi, ça va pour moi — (colloq) if it's okay by you, it's okay by me (colloq)

ma scie ne va pas pour le métal — my saw is no good for metal

ça te va bien de faire la morale — (colloq) iron you're hardly the person to preach

6) (être de la bonne taille, de la bonne forme)

aller à quelqu'un — to fit somebody

7) (flatter, mettre en valeur)

aller à quelqu'un — to suit somebody

ta cravate ne va pas avec ta chemise — your tie doesn't go with your shirt

les meubles vont bien ensemble — the furniture all matches

je trouve que ta sœur et son petit ami vont très bien ensemble — I think your sister and her boyfriend are ideally suited

8) ( se ranger) to go

les assiettes vont dans le placard — the plates go in the cupboard

9) ( faculté)

pouvoir aller dans l'eau — to be waterproof

le plat ne va pas au four — the dish is not ovenproof

10) ( dans une évaluation)

la voiture peut aller jusqu'à 200 km/h — the car can do up to 200 kph

certains modèles peuvent aller jusqu'à 1000 francs — some models can cost up to 1,000 francs

11) ( en arriver à)

aller jusqu'au président — to take it right up to the president

aller jusqu'à tuer — to go as far as to kill

leur amour est allé jusqu'à la folie — their love bordered on madness

12) ( dans le temps)

aller jusqu'en 1914 — to go up to 1914

la période qui va de 1918 à 1939 — the period between 1918 and 1939

le contrat allait jusqu'en 1997 — the contract ran until 1997

aller sur ses 17 ans — to be going on 17

13) (agir, raisonner)

vas-y doucement, le tissu est fragile — careful, the fabric is delicate

tu vas trop vite — you're going too fast

vas-y, demande-leur! — ( incitation) go on, ask them!

vas-y, dis-le! — ( provocation) come on, out with it!

allons, allez! — (pour encourager, inciter) come on!

si tu vas par là, rien n'est entièrement vrai — if you take that line, nothing is entirely true

14) ( contribuer)

y aller de sa petite larme — to shed a little tear

y aller de son petit discours — to do one's party piece

y aller de ses économies — to dip into one's savings

y aller de sa personne — to pitch in

15) (colloq) ( se succéder)

ça y va la vodka avec lui — he certainly gets through the vodka

ça y allait les coups — the fur was flying (colloq)

16) ( servir)

l'argent ira à la réparation de l'église — the money will go toward(s) repairing the church

l'argent est allé dans leurs poches — they pocketed the money

17) ( enfreindre)

aller contre la loi — [personne] to break the law; [acte] to be against the law

je ne peux pas aller contre ce qu'il a décidé — I can't go against his decision

3.

s'en aller verbe pronominal

1) (partir, se rendre)

il faut que je m'en aille — I must go ou leave

va-t'en! — go away!

s'en aller au travail — to go off to work

2) ( disparaître)

les nuages vont s'en aller — the clouds will clear away

la tache ne s'en va pas — the stain won't come out

avec le temps, tout s'en va — everything fades with time

3) fml ( mourir) to pass away

4) (avoir l'intention de, essayer)

je m'en vais leur dire ce que je pense — I'm going to tell them what I think

va-t'en savoir! — who knows?

4.

verbe impersonnel

1) ( être en jeu)

il y va de ta santé — your health is at stake

2) ( se passer)

il en va souvent ainsi — that's often what happens

il en va de même pour toi — that goes for you too

il en va autrement en Corée — things are different in Korea

3) Mathématique

40 divisé par 12 il y va 3 fois et il reste 4 — 12 into 40 goes 3 times with 4 left over

II ale
nom masculin

1) ( trajet)

j'ai fait une escale à l'aller — I made a stopover on the way out

j'ai pris le bus à l'aller — ( en allant là) I took the bus there; ( en venant ici) I took the bus here

l'aller a pris trois heures — the journey there took three hours

il n'arrête pas de faire des allers et retours entre chez lui et son bureau — he keeps running to and fro from his house to the office

billet aller — gén single ticket GB, one-way ticket US; ( d'avion) one-way ticket

billet aller (et) retour — return ticket GB, round trip (ticket) US

match aller — first leg

2) ( ticket)

aller (simple) — single (ticket) GB, one-way ticket ( pour to)

aller (et) retour — return ticket

••

Lorsque aller fait partie d'une expression figée comme aller dans le sens de, aller de pair avec etc, l'expression est traitée sous l'entrée sens, pair etc

On notera les différentes traductions de aller verbe de mouvement indiquant: un déplacement unique dans le temps: je vais au théâtre ce soir = I'm going to the theatre [BrE] this evening; ou une habitude: je vais au théâtre tous les lundis = I go to the theatre [BrE] every Monday

aller + infinitif

la traduction dépend du temps: je vais apprendre l'italien = I'm going to learn Italian; il est allé voir l'exposition = he went to see the exhibition; j'allais me marier quand la guerre a éclaté = I was going to get married when the war broke out; va voir = go and see; va leur parler = go and speak to them; j'irai voir l'exposition demain = I'll go and see the exhibition tomorrow; je vais souvent m'asseoir au bord de la rivière = I often go and sit by the river; il ne va jamais voir une exposition = he never goes to see exhibitions

On notera que pour les activités sportives on peut avoir: aller nager/faire du vélo = to go swimming/cycling ou to go for a swim/on a bike ride

On trouvera ci-dessous des exemples et des exceptions illustrant aller dans ses différentes fonctions verbales

* * *
ale
1. nm

1) (= trajet) outward journey

L'aller nous a pris trois heures. — The journey there took us three hours., The outward journey took us three hours.

2) (= billet) single Grande-Bretagne ticket, one-way ticket

Je voudrais un aller pour Angers. — I'd like a single to Angers.

2. vi

1) (déplacement) to go

Je suis allé à Londres. — I went to London.

Elle ira le voir. — She'll go and see him.

La boulangerie? Je dois justement y aller. — The baker's? That's just where I need to go.

aller à la chasse — to go hunting

aller à la pêche — to go fishing

aller voir qn — to go and see sb

aller chercher qn — to go and get sb

pour aller à Conflans? — how do I get to Conflans?

2) (= convenir)

aller à qn [couleur, style] — to suit sb, [forme, pointure] to fit sb, [dispositions, date] to suit sb

cela me va [couleur, vêtement] — it suits me, (pointure, taille) it fits me, [projet, dispositions] it suits me, that's OK by me

Cette robe te va bien. — That dress suits you.

aller avec qch [couleurs, style] — to go with sth

bien aller avec qch — to go well with sth

3) (= se sentir)

"Comment allez-vous? " - - "Je vais bien." — "How are you?" - - "I'm fine."

Il va bien. — He's fine.

Il va mal. — He's not well.

aller mieux — to be better

4) (= marcher, se passer)

comment ça va? — how are you?, how are things?

"ça va?" - - "oui ça va!" — "how are things?" - - "fine!"

ça va bien — things are going well

ça va mal — things aren't going well

tout va bien — everything's fine

cela ne va pas sans difficultés — it's not without difficulties

5) (exhortation)

allez! (encouragement) — go on!, (avec impatience) come on!

Allez! Dépêche-toi! — Come on, hurry up!

allez, au revoir — OK then, bye-bye

6) (autres locutions)

y aller; allons-y! — let's go!

vas-y! — go on!

Je dois y aller. — I've got to go.

y aller un peu fort — to go a bit far

Tu y vas un peu fort. — You're going a bit too far., You're going a bit far.

il y va de leur vie — their lives are at stake

aller jusqu'à — to go as far as

Nous sommes allés jusqu'à Angers. — We went as far as Angers.

J'irais jusqu'à dire qu'il est trop tard. — I would go so far as to say that it's too late.

se laisser aller — to let o.s. go

ça va de soi; ça va sans dire — that goes without saying

ça va comme ça (= c'est suffisant) — that's fine, (impatience) that's enough

3. vb aux

(futur immédiat)

Je vais le faire. — I'm going to do it.

Je vais me fâcher. — I'm going to get angry.

Je vais écrire à mes cousins. — I'm going to write to my cousins.

* * *

I.

aller ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: aller

A v aux

1 ( marque le futur) je vais partir I'm leaving; je vais rentrer chez moi/me coucher I'm going home/to bed; j'allais partir I was just leaving; j'allais partir quand il est arrivé I was about to leave when he arrived; l'homme qui allait inventer la bombe atomique the man who was to invent the atomic bomb; il allait le regretter he was to regret it; il va le regretter he'll regret it; elle va avoir un an she'll soon be one; il va faire nuit it'll soon be dark; ça va aller mal○ there'll be trouble; tu vas me laisser tranquille? will you please leave me alone!;

2 ( marque le futur programmé) je vais leur dire ce que je pense I'm going to tell them what I think; elle va peindre sa cuisine en bleu she's going to paint her kitchen blue; j'allais te le dire I was just going to tell you;

3 ( marque le mouvement) aller rouler de l'autre côté de la rue to go rolling across the street; aller valser○ à l'autre bout de la pièce to go flying across the room; aller atterrir○ en plein champ/sur mon bureau to end up in the middle of a field/on my desk;

4 (marque l'inclination, l'initiative) qu'est-ce que tu vas imaginer là? what a ridiculous idea!; va savoir! who knows?; va or allez (donc) savoir ce qui s'est passé who knows what happened?; qu'es-tu allé te mettre en tête? where did you pick up that idea?; qui irait le soupçonner? who would suspect him?; vous n'iriez pas leur dire ça? you're not going to go and say that, are you?; pourquoi es-tu allé faire ça? why did you have to go and do that?; n'allez pas croire une chose pareille! ( pour réfuter) don't you believe it!; ( pour tempérer l'enthousiasme) don't get carried away!; allez y comprendre quelque chose! just try and work that out!;

5 ( marque l'évolution) la situation va (en) se compliquant the situation is getting more and more complicated; aller (en) s'améliorant/s'aggravant to be improving/getting worse; la tristesse ira (en) s'atténuant the grief will diminish.

B vi

1 (se porter, se dérouler, fonctionner) comment vas-tu, comment ça va? how are you?; ça va (bien) I'm fine; les enfants vont bien? are the children all right?; et ta femme/ton épaule, comment ça va? how's your wife/your shoulder?; comment va la santé? how are you keeping?; ça va la vie○? how's life○?; ça va les amours○? how's the love life going?; aller beaucoup mieux to be much better; bois ça, ça ira mieux drink this, you'll feel better; tout va bien pour toi? is everything going all right?; si tout va bien if everything goes all right; vous êtes sûr que ça va? are you sure you're all right?; les affaires vont bien/mal business is good/bad; ça va l'école? how are things at school?; ça ne va pas très fort or bien ( ma santé) I'm not feeling very well; ( la vie) things aren't too good; ( le moral) I'm feeling a bit low; ça pourrait aller mieux, ça va plus ou moins ( réponse) so-so; ça va mal entre eux things aren't too good between them; qu'est-ce qui ne va pas? what's the matter?; la voiture a quelque chose qui ne va pas there's something wrong with the car; tout va pour le mieux everything's fine; tout est allé si vite! it all happened so quickly!; ne pas aller sans peine or mal not to be easy; ne pas aller sans hésitations to take some thinking about; ça va de soi or sans dire it goes without saying; ça devrait aller de soi it should be obvious; ainsi vont les choses that's the way it goes; ainsi va le monde that's the way of the world; ainsi allait la France this was the state of affairs in France; l'amour ne va jamais de soi love is never straightforward; ça va tout seul ( c'est facile) it's a doddle○ GB, it's as easy as pie; ça ne va pas tout seul it's not that easy, it's no picnic○; les choses vont très vite things are moving fast; on fait aller○ struggling on○; ça peut aller○, ça ira○ could be worse○; ça va pas, non○ or la tête○? are you mad○ GB ou crazy○?; ça va pas, non, de crier or gesticuler comme ça○? what's the matter with you, carrying on like that○?; ⇒ pis;

2 ( se déplacer) to go; tu vas trop vite you're going too fast; allez tout droit go straight ahead; aller et venir ( dans une pièce) to pace up and down; ( d'un lieu à l'autre) to run in and out; la liberté d'aller et venir the freedom to come and go at will; je préfère aller à pied/en avion I'd rather walk/fly; les nouvelles vont vite news travels fast; aller d'un pas rapide to walk quickly; je sais aller à bicyclette/cheval I can ride a bike/horse; où vas-tu? where are you going?, where are you off○ to?; je vais en Pologne I'm going to Poland; aller au marché/en ville to go to the market/into town; aller chez le médecin/dentiste to go to the doctor's/dentist's; va dans ta chambre go to your room; je suis allé de Bruxelles à Anvers I went from Brussels to Antwerp; je suis allé jusqu'en Chine/au marché ( et pas plus loin) I went as far as China/the market; ( et c'était loin) I went all the way to China/the market; je préfère ne pas y aller I'd rather not go; allons-y! let's go!; je l'ai rencontré en allant au marché I met him on the way to the market; aller vers le nord to head north; j'y vais ( je m'en occupe) I'll get it; ( je pars)○ I'm going, I'm off○; où va-t-il encore? where is he off to now○?; aller sur or vers Paris to head for Paris; où va-t-on○?, où allons-nous○? fig what are things coming to?, what's the world coming to?; va donc, eh, abruti○! get lost○, you idiot!; ⇒ cruche;

3 (pour se livrer à une activité, chercher un produit) aller à l'école/au travail to go to school/to work; aller à la chasse/pêche to go hunting/fishing; allez-vous à la piscine? do you go to the swimming pool?; il est allé au golf/tennis he's gone to play golf/tennis; aller aux champignons/framboises to go mushroom-/raspberry-picking; aller au pain○ to go and get the bread; dans quelle boulangerie allez-vous? which bakery do you go to?; aller aux courses○ or commissions○ to go shopping; aller au ravitaillement to go and stock up; aller aux nouvelles or informations to go and see if there's any news;

4 ( s'étendre dans l'espace) la route va au village the road leads to the village; la rue va de la gare à l'église the street goes from the station to the church;

5 ( convenir) ma robe/la traduction, ça va? is my dress/the translation all right?; ça va, ça ira○, ça peut aller○ ( en quantité) that'll do; ( en qualité) it'll do; ça va comme ça it's all right as it is; ça ne va pas du tout that's no good at all; ça ne va pas du tout, tu dois mettre une cravate you can't go like that, you have to wear a tie; la traduction n'allait pas the translation was no good; lundi ça (te) va? would Monday suit you ou be okay○?; une soupe, ça (te) va? how about some soup?; va pour une soupe○ soup is okay○; ça irait si on se voyait demain? would it it be all right if we met tomorrow?; ça va si je porte un jean? can I wear jeans?; si le contrat ne te va pas, ne le signe pas don't sign the contract if you're not happy with it; si ça va pour toi, ça va pour moi○ or ça me va○ if it's okay by you, it's okay by me○; ça n'irait pas du tout ( inacceptable) that would never do; ma scie ne va pas pour le métal my saw is no good for metal; ça te va bien de faire la morale/parler comme ça○ iron you're hardly the person to preach/make that sort of remark;

6 (être de la bonne taille, de la bonne forme) aller à qn to fit sb; tes chaussures sont trop grandes, elles ne me vont pas your shoes are too big, they don't fit me; cette vis/clé ne va pas this screw/key doesn't fit;

7 (flatter, mettre en valeur) aller à qn to suit sb; le rouge ne me va pas or me va mal red doesn't suit me; sa robe lui allait (très) bien her dress really suited her; le rôle t'irait parfaitement the part would suit you perfectly; ta cravate ne va pas avec ta chemise your tie doesn't go with your shirt; les tapis vont bien ensemble the rugs go together well; les meubles vont bien ensemble the furniture all matches; je trouve que ta sœur et son petit ami vont très bien ensemble I think your sister and her boyfriend are ideally suited;

8 ( se ranger) to go; les assiettes vont dans le placard the plates go in the cupboard; la chaise pliante va derrière la porte de la cuisine the folding chair goes behind the kitchen door;

9 ( faculté) pouvoir aller dans l'eau to be waterproof; le plat ne va pas au four the dish is not ovenproof;

10 ( dans une évaluation) la voiture peut aller jusqu'à 200 km/h the car can do up to 200 km/h; certains modèles peuvent aller jusqu'à 1 000 euros some models can cost up to 1,000 euros; une peine allant jusqu'à cinq ans de prison a sentence of up to five years in prison;

11 ( en arriver à) aller jusqu'au président to take it right up to the president; aller jusqu'à mentir/tuer to go as far as to lie/kill; leur amour est allé jusqu'à la folie their love bordered on madness;

12 ( dans le temps) aller jusqu'en 1914 to go up to 1914; pendant la période qui va du 8 février au 13 mars between 8 February and 13 March; la période qui va de 1918 à 1939 the period between 1918 and 1939; l'offre va jusqu'à jeudi the offer lasts until Thursday; le contrat allait jusqu'en 1997 the contract ran until 1997; va-t-on vers une nouvelle guerre? are we heading for another war?; aller sur ses 17 ans to be going on 17;

13 (agir, raisonner) vas-y doucement or gentiment, le tissu est fragile careful, the fabric is delicate; ils n'y sont pas allés doucement avec les meubles○ they were rather rough with the furniture; tu vas trop vite you're going too fast; vas-y, demande-leur! ( incitation) go on, ask them!; vas-y, dis-le! ( provocation) come on, out with it!; allons, allez! (pour encourager, inciter) come on!; j'y vais○ ( je vais agir) here we go!; si tu vas par là or comme ça, rien n'est entièrement vrai if you take that line, nothing is entirely true;

14 ( contribuer) y aller de sa petite larme to shed a little tear; y aller de sa petite chanson to do one's party piece; y aller de ses économies to dip into one's savings; y aller de sa personne to pitch in; y aller de 100 euros Jeux to put in 100 euros;

15 ○( se succéder) ça y va la vodka avec lui he certainly gets through the vodka; ça y allait les coups the fur was flying○;

16 ( servir) où est allé l'argent? where has the money gone?; l'argent ira à la réparation de l'église the money will go toward(s) repairing the church; l'argent est allé dans leurs poches they pocketed the money;

17 ( enfreindre) aller contre la loi [personne] to break the law; [acte] to be against the law; je ne peux pas aller contre ce qu'il a décidé I can't go against his decision.

C s'en aller vpr

1 (partir, se rendre) il faut que je m'en aille I must go ou leave; je m'en vais en Italie cet été I'm going to Italy this summer; je m'en vais du Japon l'année prochaine I'll be leaving Japan next year; va-t'en! go away!; s'en aller faire les courses/en vacances/au travail to go off to do the shopping/on vacation/to work; ils s'en allaient chantant† they went off singing;

2 ( disparaître) les nuages vont s'en aller the clouds will clear away; la tache ne s'en va pas the stain won't come out; avec le temps, tout s'en va everything fades with time; les années s'en vont the years go by;

3 fml ( mourir) to pass away;

4 (avoir l'intention de, essayer) je m'en vais leur dire ce que je pense I'm going to tell them what I think; ne t'en va pas imaginer une chose pareille ( pour réfuter) don't you believe it!; ( pour tempérer l'enthousiasme) don't get carried away!; va-t'en savoir ce qu'il a voulu dire! who knows what he meant?

D v impers

1 ( être en jeu) il y va de ma réputation my reputation is at stake; il y va de ta santé your health is at stake, you're putting your health at risk;

2 ( se passer) il en va souvent ainsi that's often what happens; tout le monde doit aider et il en va de même pour toi everyone must help, and that goes for you too; il en ira de même pour eux the same goes for them; il en va autrement en Corée things are different in Korea; il en ira de lui comme de ses prédécesseurs he'll go the same way as his predecessors;

3 Math 40 divisé par 12 il y va 3 fois et il reste 4 12 into 40 goes 3 times with 4 left over.

II.

aller nm

1 ( trajet) j'ai fait une escale à l'aller I made a stopover on the way out; j'ai pris le bus à l'aller ( en allant là) I took the bus there; ( en venant ici) I took the bus here; l'aller a pris trois heures the journey there took three hours; il n'arrête pas de faire des allers et retours entre chez lui et son bureau he keeps running to and fro from his house to the office; je suis pressé, je ne fais que l'aller et le retour○ I'm in a hurry, I've just popped in○; billet aller gén single ticket GB, one-way ticket US; ( d'avion) one-way ticket; billet aller (et) retour return ticket GB, round trip (ticket) US;

2 ( ticket) aller (simple) single (ticket); deux allers (pour) Lille two singles to Lille; aller (et) retour return ticket;

3 Sport ( match) first leg; à l'aller in the first leg; match or rencontre aller first leg.

I

[ale] nom masculin

1. [voyage] outward journey

je suis passé les voir à l'aller I dropped in to see them on the way (there)

l'avion était en retard à l'aller et au retour the flight was delayed both ways

un aller (et) retour a round trip

faire des allers et retours [personne, document] to go back and forth, to shuttle back and forth

ne faire qu'un ou que l'aller et retour: je vais à la banque mais je ne fais qu'un aller et retour I'm going to the bank, but I'll be right back

2. [billet]

aller (simple) single (ticket) (UK), one-way ticket (US)

aller (et) retour return (UK) ou round-trip (US) (ticket)

3. (familier)

aller et retour [gifle] slap

II

[ale] verbe auxiliaire

1. (suivi de l'infinitif) [exprime le futur proche] to be going ou about to

tu vas tomber! you're going to fall!, you'll fall!

attendez-le, il va arriver wait for him, he'll be here any minute now

j'allais justement te téléphoner I was just going to phone you, I was on the point of phoning you

il va être 5 h it's going on 5

[pour donner un ordre]

tu vas faire ce que je te dis, oui ou non? will you do as I say or won't you?

2. (suivi de l'infinitif) [en intensif] to go

ne va pas croire/penser que... don't go and believe/think that...

tu ne vas pas me faire croire que tu ne savais rien! you can't fool me into thinking that you didn't know anything!

que n'iront-ils pas s'imaginer! God knows what they'll think!

où est-elle? — allez savoir! where is she? — God knows!

allez expliquer ça à un enfant de 5 ans! try and explain ou try explaining that to a 5-year-old!

3. [exprime la continuité] (suivi du gérondif)

aller en: aller en s'améliorant to get better and better, to improve

aller en augmentant to keep increasing

aller en diminuant: le bruit allait en diminuant the noise was getting fainter and fainter

(suivi du participe présent)

aller croissant

a. [tension] to be rising

b. [nombre] to be rising ou increasing

————————

[ale] verbe intransitif

A.[EXPRIME LE MOUVEMENT]

1. [se déplacer] to go

qui va là? who goes there?

va vite!

a. hurry up!

b. [à un enfant] run along (now)!

vous alliez à plus de 90 km/h [en voiture] you were driving at ou doing more than 90 km/h

aller (et) venir

a. [de long en large] to pace up and down

b. [entre deux destinations] to come and go, to go to and fro

je n'ai fait qu'aller et venir toute la matinée I was in and out all morning

2. [se rendre - personne]

aller à to go to

en allant à Limoges on the way to Limoges

aller à la mer/à la montagne to go to the seaside/mountains

aller à l'université

a. [bâtiment] to go to the university

b. [institution] to go to university ou college

aller à la chasse/pêche to go hunting/fishing

où vas-tu? where are you going?

comment y va-t-on? how do you get there?

y aller: il y est allé en courant he ran there

on y va! let's go!

j'irai en avion/voiture I'll fly/drive, I'll go by plane/car

aller chez: aller chez un ami to go to see a friend, to go to a friend's

tu n'iras plus chez eux, tu m'entends? you will not visit them again, do you hear me?

aller dans: il a peur d'aller dans l'eau he's afraid to go into the water

je vais dans les Pyrénées I'm going to the Pyrenees

aller en: aller en Autriche to go ou to travel to Austria

aller en haut/bas to go up/down

aller vers: j'allais vers le nord I was heading ou going north

3. (suivi de l'infinitif) [pour se livrer à une activité]

aller faire quelque chose to go and do something, to go do something (US)

je vais faire mes courses tous les matins I go shopping every morning

va ramasser les poires dans le jardin go and pick the pears in the garden

va voir là-bas si j'y suis! (très familier) push off!, clear off!

va te faire voir (très familier) ou te faire foutre! (vulgaire) get lost! ou (UK) stuffed! (très familier), go to hell!

4. [mener - véhicule, chemin] to go

cette rue va vers le centre this street leads towards the city centre

aller droit au cœur de quelqu'un to go straight to somebody's heart

5. [fonctionner - machine] to go, to run ; [ - moteur] to run ; [ - voiture, train] to go

6. [se ranger - dans un contenant] to go, to belong ; [ - dans un ensemble] to fit

7. [être remis]

aller à to go to

l'argent collecté ira à une œuvre the collection will go ou be given to a charity

B.[S'ÉTENDRE]

1. [dans l'espace]

aller de... à...: leur propriété va de la rivière à la côte their land stretches from the river to the coast

le passage qui va de la page 35 à la page 43 the passage which goes from page 35 to page 43

aller jusqu'à

a. [vers le haut] to go ou to reach up to

b. [vers le bas] to go ou to reach down to

c. [en largeur, en longueur] to go to, to stretch as far as

2. [dans le temps]

aller de... à... to go from... to...

aller jusqu'à [bail, contrat] to run till

3. [dans une série]

aller de... à... to go ou to range from... to...

aller jusqu'à: les prix vont jusqu'à 8.000 euros prices go as high as 8,000 euros

C.[PROGRESSER]

1. [se dérouler]

aller vite/lentement to go fast/slow

plus ça va...: plus ça va, moins je comprends la politique the more I see of politics, the less I understand it

plus ça va, plus je l'aime I love her more each day

2. [personne]

aller jusqu'à: j'irai jusqu'à 1.000 euros pour le fauteuil I'll pay ou go up to 1,000 euros for the armchair

j'irais même jusqu'à dire que... I would even go so far as to say that...

sans aller jusque-là without going that far

aller sur ou vers [approcher de]: il va sur ou vers la cinquantaine he's getting on for ou going on 50

elle va sur ses cinq ans she's nearly ou almost five, she'll be five soon

aller à la faillite/l'échec to be heading for bankruptcy/failure

aller à sa ruine to be on the road to ruin

où va-t-on ou allons-nous s'il faut se barricader chez soi? what's the world coming to if people have to lock themselves in nowadays?

allons (droit) au fait let's get (straight) to the point

aller au plus pressé to do the most urgent thing first

D.[ÊTRE DANS TELLE OU TELLE SITUATION]

1. [en parlant de l'état de santé]

bonjour, comment ça va? — ça va hello, how are you? — all right

comment va la santé?, comment va? (familier) how are you keeping?

ça va? [après un choc] are you all right?

ça ne va pas du tout I'm not at all well

aller bien: je vais bien I'm fine ou well

ça va bien? are you OK?

aller mieux: elle va beaucoup mieux she's (feeling) much better

aller mal: il va mal he's not at all well, he's very poorly

ça va pas (bien) ou la tête!, ça va pas, non? (familier) you're off your head!, you must be mad!

ça va? — on fait aller (familier) ou il faut faire aller (familier) how are you? — mustn't grumble

2. [se passer]

comment vont les affaires? — elles vont bien how's business? — (it's doing) OK ou fine

ça va de moins en moins bien entre eux things have gone from bad to worse between them

les choses vont ou ça va mal things aren't too good ou aren't going too well

obéis-moi ou ça va mal aller (pour toi)! do as I say or you'll be in trouble!

comment ça va dans ton nouveau service? how are you getting on ou how are things in the new department?

quelque chose ne va pas? is there anything wrong ou the matter?

ça ne va pas tout seul ou sans problème it's not an ou it's no easy job

et le travail, ça va comme tu veux? (familier) is work going all right?

E.[EXPRIME L'ADÉQUATION]

1. [être seyant]

aller (bien) à quelqu'un

a. [taille d'un vêtement] to fit somebody

b. [style d'un vêtement] to suit somebody

le bleu lui va blue suits her, she looks good in blue

ça ne te va pas de parler vulgairement coarse language doesn't suit ou become you

ça te va bien de donner des conseils! (ironique) you're a fine one to give advice!

cela te va à ravir ou à merveille that looks wonderful on you, you look wonderful in that

2. [être en harmonie]

aller avec: aller avec quelque chose to go with ou to match something

j'ai acheté un chapeau pour aller avec ma veste I bought a hat to go with ou to match my jacket

aller ensemble

a. [couleurs, styles] to go well together, to match

b. [éléments d'une paire] to belong together

ils vont bien ensemble, ces deux-là! those two make quite a pair!

je trouve qu'ils vont très mal ensemble I think (that) they're an ill-matched couple ou they make a very odd pair

3. [convenir]

la clé de 12 devrait aller spanner number 12 should do (the job)

nos plats vont au four our dishes are oven-proof

tu veux de l'aide? — non, ça ira! do you want a hand? — no, I'll manage ou it's OK!

tu ne rajoutes pas de crème? — ça ira comme ça don't you want to add some cream? — that'll do (as it is) ou it's fine like this

ça ira pour aujourd'hui that'll be all for today, let's call it a day

pour un studio, ça peut aller as far as bedsits (UK) ou studio apartments (US) go, it's not too bad

aller à quelqu'un: on dînera après le spectacle — ça me va we'll go for dinner after the show — that's all right ou fine by me ou that suits me (fine)

F.[LOCUTIONS]

allez, un petit effort come on, put some effort into it

allez, je m'en vais! right, I'm going now!

zut, j'ai cassé un verre! — et allez (donc), le troisième en un mois! damn! I've broken a glass! — well done, that's the third in a month!

allez ou allons donc! [tu exagères] go on ou get away (with you)!,come off it!

allez-y! go on!, off you go!

allons-y! let's go!

allons-y, ne nous gênons pas! (ironique) don't mind me!

allons bon, j'ai perdu ma clef maintenant! oh no, now I've lost my key!

allons bon, voilà qu'il recommence à pleurer! here we go, he's crying again!

c'est mieux comme ça, va! it's better that way, you know!

(espèce de) frimeur, va! (familier) you show-off!

va donc, eh minable! (familier) get lost, you little creep!

ça va (familier) , ça va bien (familier) , ça va comme ça (familier) OK

je t'aurai prévenu! — ça va, ça va! don't say I didn't warn you! — OK, OK!

ça va comme ça hein, j'en ai assez de tes jérémiades! just shut up will you, I'm fed up with your moaning!

y aller (familier) : une fois que tu es sur le plongeoir, il faut y aller! once you're on the diving board, you've got to jump!

quand faut y aller, faut y aller when you've got to go, you've got to go

y aller [le faire]: vas-y doucement, c'est fragile gently ou easy does it, it's fragile

vas-y mollo avec le vin! (familier) go easy on the wine!

comme tu y vas (familier) /vous y allez (familier) : j'en veux 30 euros — comme tu y vas! I want 30 euros for it — isn't that a bit much?

ça y va: (familier) ça y va, les billets de 10 euros! 10 euro notes are going as if there was no tomorrow!

y aller de: aux réunions de famille, il y va toujours d'une ou de sa chansonnette every time there's a family gathering, he sings a little song

elle y est allée de sa petite larme (humoristique) she had a little cry

il ou cela ou ça va de soi (que) it goes without saying (that)

il ou cela ou ça va sans dire (que) it goes without saying (that)

il y va de: il y va de ta vie/carrière/réputation your life/career/reputation is at stake

il en va de... comme de...: il en va de la littérature comme de la peinture it's the same with literature as with painting

il en va de même pour: il n'en va pas de même pour toi the same doesn't apply to you

il en va autrement: il en irait autrement si ta mère était encore là things would be very different if your mother was still here

va pour le Saint-Émilion! (familier) all right ou OK then, we'll have the Saint-Emilion!

tout le monde est égoïste, si tu vas par là! everybody's selfish, if you look at it like that!

————————

s'en aller verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [partir - personne] to go

je lui donnerai la clé en m'en allant I'll give him the key on my way out

va-t'en! go away!

tous les jeunes s'en vont du village all the young people are leaving the village

va-t'en de là! get away from there!

2. [se défaire, se détacher] to come undone

3. (soutenu) [mourir - personne] to die, to pass away

4. [disparaître - tache] to come off, to go (away) ; [ - son] to fade away ; [ - forces] to fail ; [ - jeunesse] to pass ; [ - lumière, soleil, couleur] to fade (away) ; [ - peinture, vernis] to come off

ça s'en ira au lavage/avec du savon it'll come off in the wash/with soap

leur dernière lueur d'espoir s'en est allée their last glimmer of hope has gone ou vanished

5. (suivi de l'infinitif) [en intensif]

il s'en fut trouver le magicien off he went to find the wizard

je m'en vais lui dire ses quatre vérités! (familier) I'm going to tell her a few home truths!

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > aller

68 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

69 верная копия

юр. a true copy; a true and correct copy
This is to certify that this is a true reproduction of the original record on file with the State Office of Vital Records, Georgia Department of Human Resources. — Настоящим подтверждается, что вышеуказанное является верной копией оригинальной записи, хранящейся в службе статистики естественного движения населения штата Департамента людских резервов штата Джорджия.

This is to certify that this is a true and correct copy of the original Certificate of Birth on file in the Office of the Registrar, town of North Hempstead, County of Nassau, State of New York. —

Дополнительный универсальный русско-английский словарь > верная копия

70 mirar

v.

1 to look at (dirigir la vista a).

mirar algo de cerca/lejos to look at something closely/from a distance

¡míralos! look at them!

mirar algo por encima to glance over something, to have a quick look at something

mirar a alguien bien/mal to think highly/poorly of somebody

mirar a alguien de arriba abajo to look somebody up and down

mirar a alguien por encima del hombro (figurative) to look down on somebody

de mírame y no me toques (informal) very fragile

Ella mira la luna She looks at the moon.

Ella mira She looks.

2 to look (dirigir la vista).

¡mira! look (at that!)

mira, yo creo que… look, I think (that)…

mira que te avisé I told you so

mira por dónde… guess what?, would you believe it? (peninsular Spanish)

¡mira que eres pesado/tonto! you're being really tedious/silly!

3 to check, to look through.

le miraron todas las maletas they searched all her luggage

Ella mira la revista She looks through=leafs through the magazine.

4 to check, to look.

he mirado en todas partes I've looked everywhere

5 to watch.

Ella mira el partido She watches the game.

6 to consider, to think about, to think over.

Ella mira la posibilidad She considers the possibility.

* * *

mirar

► verbo transitivo

1 (observar) to look at; (con atención) to watch

■ mira lo que dice este letrero look at this sign

■ mírame a los ojos look me in the eye

■ pasa todo el día mirándose en el espejo he spends all day looking at himself in the mirror

■ se miraron sorprendidos they looked at each other in surprise

2 (buscar) to look; (registrar) to search

■ ya he mirado por todas partes y no lo encuentro I've looked everywhere and I can't find it

■ me miraron todo al pasar por la aduana they went through everything at customs

3 (tener cuidado con) to watch

■ mira bien lo que haces watch what you do

4 (averiguar) to see, find out

■ mira (a ver) si lo han vendido ya see whether they have sold it yet

5 (dar) to face

■ el dormitorio mira a poniente the bedroom faces west

6 (tener cuidado con) to watch, mind, be careful

■ mira bien lo que dices watch what you say

7 (tener en cuenta) to consider

■ cuando le apetece algo no mira nada when he wants something he just goes for it

■ los jóvenes de hoy no miran nada young people today have no consideration

► verbo intransitivo

1 (gen) to look; (con atención) to stare

2 (buscar) to look

■ mira debajo de la cama look under the bed

3 (tener cuidado) to mind, watch, be careful

■ mira que no te engañen mind they don't cheat you

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

de mírame y no me toques very fragile, delicate

mira que si... what if...

¡mira! (gen) look! 2 (con asombro) well I never!, fancy that! 3 (como aviso) look here!

mira que te lo dije I did tell you, didn't I?

mira quién habla look who's talking

mira, yo no digo nada look, I'm not saying a thing

mirándolo bien... thinking about it...

mirar a alguien por encima del hombro to look down one's nose at somebody

mirar algo/a alguien con buenos/malos ojos to have a good/bad opinion of something/somebody

mirar algo por encima to have a quick look at something

mirar atrás to look back

mirar de arriba a abajo a alguien to look somebody up and down

mirar por alguien to think of somebody

mirarse en alguien to look up to somebody

¡mira por donde! would you believe it!

¡mira que!

■ ¡mira que es tonto! he's so stupid!

* * *

verb

1) to look, look at

2) watch

3) consider

•

- mirarse

* * *

1. VT

1) (=ver) to look at

estaba mirando la foto — she was looking at the photo

me miró con tristeza — she looked at me sadly

miraban boquiabiertos el nuevo aparato — they stared open-mouthed at the new machine

• mirar a algn de arriba abajo — to look sb up and down

• mirar algo/a algn de reojo o de través — to look at sth/sb out of the corner of one's eye

• mirar fijamente algo/a algn — to gaze o stare at sth/sb

• mirar algo por encima — to glance over sth

- mirar bien o con buenos ojos a algn

- mirar mal o con malos ojos a algn

- de mírame y no me toques
hombro
2) (=observar) to watch

se quedó mirando cómo jugaban los niños — she stood watching the children play

miraba los barcos — she was watching the boats

estuvo mirando la tele todo el día — he spent all day watching TV

3) (=comprobar)

le miraron la maleta en la aduana — they searched his suitcase at customs

mira que no hierva el agua — make sure the water doesn't boil

mira a ver lo que hace el niño — go and see o check what the boy's up to

mira a ver si ha venido el taxi — (look and) see if the taxi has come

míralo en el diccionario — look it up in the dictionary

4) (=pensar en)

no mira las dificultades — he doesn't think of the difficulties

lo hago mirando el porvenir — I'm doing it with the future in mind

¡no gastes más, mira que no tenemos dinero! — don't spend any more, remember we've no money!

• mirándolo bien, bien mirado o si bien se mira o mirándolo bien, la situación no es tan grave — all in all, the situation isn't that bad, if you really think about it, the situation isn't all that bad

bien mirado o mirándolo bien, creo que lo haré más tarde — on second thoughts, I think I'll do it later

5) (=ser cuidadoso con)

mira mucho el dinero — he's very careful with money

deberías mirar lo que gastas — you should watch what you spend

mira mucho todos los detalles — she pays great attention to detail

6) [uso exclamativo]

a) [en imperativo]

¡mira qué cuadro tan bonito! — look, what a pretty painting!

¡mira cómo me has puesto de agua! — look, you've covered me in water!

¡mira lo que has hecho! — (just) look what you've done!

¡mira quién fue a hablar! — look who's talking!

¡mira (bien) lo que haces! — watch what you do!

¡mira con quién hablas! — just remember who you're talking to!

b) [indicando sorpresa, disgusto]

• mira que, ¡mira que es tonto! — he's so stupid!

¡mira que te avisé! — didn't I warn you?

¡mira que ponerse a llover ahora! — it would have to start raining right now!

c) [indicando esperanza, temor]

• mira que si, ¡mira que si ganas! — imagine if you win!

¡mira que si no viene! — just suppose he doesn't come!

¡mira que si es mentira! — just suppose it isn't true!, what if it isn't true?

7) LAm (=ver) to see

¿lo miras? — can you see it?

2. VI

1) [con la vista] to look

me vio pero miró hacia otro lado — she saw me, but she looked the other way

estaba mirando por la ventana — he was looking out of the window

miré por el agujero — I looked through the hole

miró alrededor para ver si veía a alguien — she looked around to see if she could see anyone

mirar de reojo o de través — to look out of the corner of one's eye

2) (=comprobar) to look

¿has mirado en el cajón? — have you looked in the drawer?

3) (=estar orientado hacia) to face

la casa mira al sur — the house faces south

el balcón mira al jardín — the balcony looks out onto the garden

4) (=cuidar)

• mirar por algn — to look after sb, take care of sb

debes de mirar por tus hermanos — you should look after o take care of your brothers

mira mucho por su ropa — she takes great care of her clothes

solo mira por sus intereses — he only looks after his own interests

tienes que mirar por ti mismo — you have to look out for yourself

5) [uso exclamativo]

a) [en imperativo]

¡mira! un ratón — look, a mouse!

mira, yo creo que... — look, I think that...

mira, déjame en paz ahora — look, just leave me alone now

mire usted, yo no tengo por qué aguantar esto — look here, I don't have to put up with this

b) [indicando sorpresa, admiración]

• mira si, ¡mira si estaría buena la sopa que todos repitieron! — the soup was so good that everyone had seconds!

¡mira si es listo el niño! — what a clever boy he is!

- ¡pues mira por dónde...!

6)

• mirar a — (=proponerse) to aim at

este proyecto mira a mejorar la calidad del agua — this project is aimed at improving water quality

7) frm

por lo que mira a — as for, as regards

3.

See:

mirarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) (observar, contemplar) to look at

no me mires así — don't look at me like that

se me quedó mirando — he just stared at me, he just gaped at me

miró el reloj con disimulo — she glanced furtively at her watch

miraba distraída por la ventana — he was gazing absent-mindedly out of the window

mirar a alguien a los ojos — to look somebody in the eye

miraba cómo lo hacía — he was watching how she did it

he mirado el informe muy por encima — I've only had a quick look at the report

ir a mirar escaparates or (AmL) vidrieras — to go window shopping

ser de mírame y no me toques — to be very fragile o delicate

b) <programa/partido> to watch

mirar televisión — to watch television

2) ( fijarse) to look

a ver si mira por dónde va — why don't you look where you're going?

mira lo que has hecho! — look what you've done!

mira bien que esté apagado — make sure o check it's off

mira a ver si está listo — have a look to see if he's ready

mira a ver si lo puedes abrir tú — see if you can open it

3) ( considerar)

míralo desde otro punto de vista — look at it from another point of view

mira bien lo que haces — think hard about what you're doing

bien mirado or mirándolo bien, no es una mala idea — thinking about it o all things considered, it's not a bad idea

mirándolo bien creo que prefiero no ir — on second thoughts, I think I'd prefer to stay

lo mires por donde lo mires — whatever o whichever way you look at it

mirar algo en menos — < regalo> to turn one's nose up at something; <trabajo/idea> to look down one's nose at something

mirar a alguien en menos — to look down on somebody

mirar mal or no mirar bien a alguien: lo miran mal porque lleva el pelo largo they disapprove of him because he has long hair; en el trabajo no lo miran bien — he's not very highly thought of at work

4) ( ser cuidadoso con)

mira mucho el dinero — she's very careful with her money

mira hasta el último céntimo — he watches every penny

5)

a) (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc)

mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno...! — honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven...! (colloq)

mira que eres tacaño! — boy, you're mean! (colloq)

mira las veces que te lo habré dicho...! — the times I've told you!

mira quién habla! — look who's talking!

mira si será egoísta! — talk about (being) selfish!

b) ( en advertencias)

mira que mi paciencia tiene un límite — I'm warning you, I'm running out of patience

mira que ya son las nueve — you realize o you (do) know it's already nine
2.
mirar vi

1) (observar, contemplar) to look

no mires — don't look

se mira y no se toca — look but don't touch

he mirado por todas partes — I've looked everywhere

mirar por la ventana — to look out of the window

¿miraste bien? — did you have a good look?, did you look properly?

mirar atrás — to look back

2) ( fijarse) to look

mire usted, la cosa es muy sencilla — well, it's very simple

sacó el primer premio - mira tú! — he won first prize - well, well! o well I never!

no, mira, yo tampoco me lo creo — no, to be honest, I don't believe it either

mira, no me vengas con excusas — look, I don't want to listen to your excuses

mira por dónde — (Esp fam)

y mira por dónde, me llevé el trofeo — and would you believe it? I won the trophy, and guess what? I won the trophy

3) ( estar orientado)

mirar A/HACIA algo — fachada/frente to face something; terraza/habitación to look out over something, overlook something

ponte mirando hacia la ventana — stand (o sit etc) facing the window

4) mirar por

a) ( preocuparse por) to think of

b) (Col) ( cuidar) to look after
3.
mirarse v pron

a) (refl) to look at oneself

b) (recípr) to look at each other

* * *

= look, look through, behold, check out, peek, look (a)round, roam over, catch + sight of, eye.

Nota: Participio pasado eyeing (UK) o eying (USA).

Ex. This chapter takes the opportunity to look at an assortment of other aspects of bibliographic description.

Ex. If you possess a copy of CC it would be advisable for you to look through it at this stage and acquaint yourself with the general appearance of each Part before proceeding further.

Ex. As Confucius said ' behold the turtle, he makes progress only when his neck is out'.

Ex. Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.

Ex. The article ' Peeking inside the black box - a look at the private life of your modem' explains the theory and mechanism of modems.

Ex. One has only to look around in bookshops to see how many paperbacks on show have film or TV links.

Ex. According to Tim Berners-Lee's vision of the semantic web, intelligent agent software will have the ability to understand the meaning (semantics) of the information they are roaming over in order to make the users' searches more inherently meaningful and efficient.

Ex. 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.

Ex. The banking community is eyeing its possibilities with serious interest.

----

* a caballo regalado no se le mira el diente = never look a gift horse in the mouth.

* aficionado a mirar las estrellas = stargazer.

* bien mirado = all things considered.

* deleitarse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.

* hacer que la gente se vuelva a mirar = make + heads turn.

* hay que mirar hacia el futuro = the show must go on.

* haz el bien y no mires a quién = cast your bread upon the waters.

* mirando al sur = south facing.

* mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.

* mirándolo bien = all things considered.

* ¡mira por donde! = lo and behold!, lo!.

* ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.

* mirar a = look at, peer at, look onto.

* mirar a Alguien con odio = look + daggers at.

* mirar a Alguien de arriba abajo = look + Nombre + up and down.

* mirar adelante = look + straight ahead.

* mirar a hurtadillas = peep.

* mirar a la gente con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.

* mirar al frente = look + straight ahead.

* mirar a los ojos = make + eye contact, look + Nombre + in the eyes.

* mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.

* mirar al vacío = stare into + space, look into + space, gaze into + space.

* mirar con desdén = scowl (at).

* mirar con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.

* mirar con el ceño fruncido = glower, scowl (at).

* mirar con ira = glower, scowl (at).

* mirar con malos ojos = glower, scowl (at).

* mirar cuidadosamente = comb trough.

* mirar de arriba abajo = eye.

* mirar dentro de = peer into.

* mirar de reojo a = steal + a glance at.

* mirar desde arriba = look down on/upon, look down over.

* mirar de soslayo a = steal + a glance at.

* mirar detenidamente = go through, eye.

* mirar en otra dirección = look + the other way.

* mirar fijamente = stare at, look + hard, gaze.

* mirar fijamente a los ojos = eyeball.

* mirar furtivamente = peep.

* mirar hacia = overlook.

* mirar hacia abajo = look down.

* mirar hacia arriba = look up.

* mirar hacia atrás = look back.

* mirar hacia el futuro = look forward, look + ahead.

* mirar la bola de cristal = gaze into + crystal ball.

* mirar las estrellas = stargaze.

* mirar ligeramente = glance at.

* mirar para atrás = look back.

* mirar por = look about, peer out, look out.

* mirar por encima = eyeball.

* mirar por encima del hombro = look over + Posesivo + shoulders, look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.

* mirar por encima del hombro a la gente = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.

* mirar rápidamente = shoot + a look at.

* mirar rápidamente buscando algo = scan.

* mirar rápida y brevemente = catch + sight of.

* mirarse el ombligo = contemplate + navel, gaze at + Posesivo + navel.

* que mira al sur = south facing.

* recrearse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.

* ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.

* si bien se mira = all things considered.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) (observar, contemplar) to look at

no me mires así — don't look at me like that

se me quedó mirando — he just stared at me, he just gaped at me

miró el reloj con disimulo — she glanced furtively at her watch

miraba distraída por la ventana — he was gazing absent-mindedly out of the window

mirar a alguien a los ojos — to look somebody in the eye

miraba cómo lo hacía — he was watching how she did it

he mirado el informe muy por encima — I've only had a quick look at the report

ir a mirar escaparates or (AmL) vidrieras — to go window shopping

ser de mírame y no me toques — to be very fragile o delicate

b) <programa/partido> to watch

mirar televisión — to watch television

2) ( fijarse) to look

a ver si mira por dónde va — why don't you look where you're going?

mira lo que has hecho! — look what you've done!

mira bien que esté apagado — make sure o check it's off

mira a ver si está listo — have a look to see if he's ready

mira a ver si lo puedes abrir tú — see if you can open it

3) ( considerar)

míralo desde otro punto de vista — look at it from another point of view

mira bien lo que haces — think hard about what you're doing

bien mirado or mirándolo bien, no es una mala idea — thinking about it o all things considered, it's not a bad idea

mirándolo bien creo que prefiero no ir — on second thoughts, I think I'd prefer to stay

lo mires por donde lo mires — whatever o whichever way you look at it

mirar algo en menos — < regalo> to turn one's nose up at something; <trabajo/idea> to look down one's nose at something

mirar a alguien en menos — to look down on somebody

mirar mal or no mirar bien a alguien: lo miran mal porque lleva el pelo largo they disapprove of him because he has long hair; en el trabajo no lo miran bien — he's not very highly thought of at work

4) ( ser cuidadoso con)

mira mucho el dinero — she's very careful with her money

mira hasta el último céntimo — he watches every penny

5)

a) (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc)

mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno...! — honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven...! (colloq)

mira que eres tacaño! — boy, you're mean! (colloq)

mira las veces que te lo habré dicho...! — the times I've told you!

mira quién habla! — look who's talking!

mira si será egoísta! — talk about (being) selfish!

b) ( en advertencias)

mira que mi paciencia tiene un límite — I'm warning you, I'm running out of patience

mira que ya son las nueve — you realize o you (do) know it's already nine
2.
mirar vi

1) (observar, contemplar) to look

no mires — don't look

se mira y no se toca — look but don't touch

he mirado por todas partes — I've looked everywhere

mirar por la ventana — to look out of the window

¿miraste bien? — did you have a good look?, did you look properly?

mirar atrás — to look back

2) ( fijarse) to look

mire usted, la cosa es muy sencilla — well, it's very simple

sacó el primer premio - mira tú! — he won first prize - well, well! o well I never!

no, mira, yo tampoco me lo creo — no, to be honest, I don't believe it either

mira, no me vengas con excusas — look, I don't want to listen to your excuses

mira por dónde — (Esp fam)

y mira por dónde, me llevé el trofeo — and would you believe it? I won the trophy, and guess what? I won the trophy

3) ( estar orientado)

mirar A/HACIA algo — fachada/frente to face something; terraza/habitación to look out over something, overlook something

ponte mirando hacia la ventana — stand (o sit etc) facing the window

4) mirar por

a) ( preocuparse por) to think of

b) (Col) ( cuidar) to look after
3.
mirarse v pron

a) (refl) to look at oneself

b) (recípr) to look at each other

* * *

= look, look through, behold, check out, peek, look (a)round, roam over, catch + sight of, eye.

Nota: Participio pasado eyeing (UK) o eying (USA).

Ex: This chapter takes the opportunity to look at an assortment of other aspects of bibliographic description.

Ex: If you possess a copy of CC it would be advisable for you to look through it at this stage and acquaint yourself with the general appearance of each Part before proceeding further.

Ex: As Confucius said ' behold the turtle, he makes progress only when his neck is out'.

Ex: Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.

Ex: The article ' Peeking inside the black box - a look at the private life of your modem' explains the theory and mechanism of modems.

Ex: One has only to look around in bookshops to see how many paperbacks on show have film or TV links.

Ex: According to Tim Berners-Lee's vision of the semantic web, intelligent agent software will have the ability to understand the meaning (semantics) of the information they are roaming over in order to make the users' searches more inherently meaningful and efficient.

Ex: 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.

Ex: The banking community is eyeing its possibilities with serious interest.

* a caballo regalado no se le mira el diente = never look a gift horse in the mouth.

* aficionado a mirar las estrellas = stargazer.

* bien mirado = all things considered.

* deleitarse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.

* hacer que la gente se vuelva a mirar = make + heads turn.

* hay que mirar hacia el futuro = the show must go on.

* haz el bien y no mires a quién = cast your bread upon the waters.

* mirando al sur = south facing.

* mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.

* mirándolo bien = all things considered.

* ¡mira por donde! = lo and behold!, lo!.

* ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.

* mirar a = look at, peer at, look onto.

* mirar a Alguien con odio = look + daggers at.

* mirar a Alguien de arriba abajo = look + Nombre + up and down.

* mirar adelante = look + straight ahead.

* mirar a hurtadillas = peep.

* mirar a la gente con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.

* mirar al frente = look + straight ahead.

* mirar a los ojos = make + eye contact, look + Nombre + in the eyes.

* mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.

* mirar al vacío = stare into + space, look into + space, gaze into + space.

* mirar con desdén = scowl (at).

* mirar con desprecio = look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.

* mirar con el ceño fruncido = glower, scowl (at).

* mirar con ira = glower, scowl (at).

* mirar con malos ojos = glower, scowl (at).

* mirar cuidadosamente = comb trough.

* mirar de arriba abajo = eye.

* mirar dentro de = peer into.

* mirar de reojo a = steal + a glance at.

* mirar desde arriba = look down on/upon, look down over.

* mirar de soslayo a = steal + a glance at.

* mirar detenidamente = go through, eye.

* mirar en otra dirección = look + the other way.

* mirar fijamente = stare at, look + hard, gaze.

* mirar fijamente a los ojos = eyeball.

* mirar furtivamente = peep.

* mirar hacia = overlook.

* mirar hacia abajo = look down.

* mirar hacia arriba = look up.

* mirar hacia atrás = look back.

* mirar hacia el futuro = look forward, look + ahead.

* mirar la bola de cristal = gaze into + crystal ball.

* mirar las estrellas = stargaze.

* mirar ligeramente = glance at.

* mirar para atrás = look back.

* mirar por = look about, peer out, look out.

* mirar por encima = eyeball.

* mirar por encima del hombro = look over + Posesivo + shoulders, look down + Posesivo + nose at, look down on/upon.

* mirar por encima del hombro a la gente = look down + Posesivo + nose at people.

* mirar rápidamente = shoot + a look at.

* mirar rápidamente buscando algo = scan.

* mirar rápida y brevemente = catch + sight of.

* mirarse el ombligo = contemplate + navel, gaze at + Posesivo + navel.

* que mira al sur = south facing.

* recrearse mirando = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.

* ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.

* si bien se mira = all things considered.

* * *

mirar [A1 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ mirar (verbo transitivo)

A

1 contemplar: dibujo, etc

2 mirar: programa, partido

B fijarse

C considerar: problema, cuestión

D ser cuidadoso con

E

1 expresando incredulidad etc

2 en advertencias

■ mirar (verbo intransitivo)

A observar, contemplar

B fijarse

C estar orientado hacia algo

D

1 preocuparse por

2 cuidar

■ mirarse (verbo pronominal)

1 cuidarse

2 contemplarse

vt

A

1 (contemplar) ‹dibujo/persona› to look at

se me quedó mirando con la boca abierta he just stared at me open-mouthed, he just gaped at me

miró el reloj con disimulo she glanced furtively at her watch

miraba distraída por la ventana he was gazing absent-mindedly out of the window

no me mires así don't look at me like that

nunca te mira a los ojos cuando te habla he never looks you in the eye when he's talking to you

la miró de arriba (a) abajo he eyed o looked her up and down

estaba mirando una revista he was looking o leafing through a magazine

se quedó mirando cómo lo hacía he stood watching how she did it

¿has leído el informe? — lo he mirado muy por encima have you read the report — I've only had a quick look at it o I've only given it a cursory glance

salieron a mirar escaparates or ( AmL) vidrieras they went (out) window shopping

mírame y no me toques: esta cristalería es de las de mírame y no me toques you've only to look at this glassware and it breaks

el encaje es muy antiguo y está que mírame y no me toques the lace is very old and it's very fragile o delicate

2 ‹programa/partido› to watch

mirar televisión to watch television

B (fijarse) to look

mira qué vestido más bonito what a lovely dress!, that's a lovely dress, isn't it?

a ver si mira por dónde va why don't you look where you're going?

mira cómo se divierten look what fun they're having!

¡mira lo que has hecho! look what you've done!

antes de salir mira bien que no quede ninguna luz encendida make sure o check there are no lights left on before you go out

mira a ver si el pollo está listo look o have a look at the chicken to see if it's done

mira a ver si lo puedes abrir tú see if you can open it

C (considerar) ‹problema/cuestión›

míralo desde otro punto de vista look at it from another point of view

mira bien lo que haces think hard o carefully about what you're doing

bien mirado or mirándolo bien, no es una mala idea thinking about it o all things considered, it's not a bad idea

bien mirado or mirándolo bien, había algo extraño en él thinking about it o now that I come to think about it, there was something strange about him

mirándolo bien creo que prefiero quedarme en casa on second thoughts, I think I'd prefer to stay at home

lo mires por donde lo mires whatever o whichever way you look at it

mirar algo/a algn en menos: me miró en menos el regalo y me costó tan caro the present I gave her cost the earth and she looked down her nose at it

yo que lo miré en menos y es un rico heredero I turned my nose up at him and it turns out he's the the heir to a fortune!

los miran en menos porque son pobres people look down on them because they're poor

mirar mal or no mirar bien a algn: en el trabajo no lo miran bien he's not very highly thought of at work, they don't have a very high opinion of him at work

lo miran mal porque lleva el pelo largo they disapprove of him because he has long hair

los miran mal porque no están casados they're frowned upon because they're not married, people disapprove of them because they're not married

D

(ser cuidadoso con): mira mucho el dinero she's very careful with her money

mira hasta el último céntimo he watches every penny

E

1

(expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc): ¡mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno …! honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven …! ( colloq)

¡mira que tú también te metes en cada lío …! you're a fine one to talk, with all the scrapes you get into! ( colloq)

¡mira que no saber dónde está Helsinki …! imagine o ( BrE) fancy not knowing where Helsinki is!

¡mira que eres tacaño! you're so mean! boy, you're mean! ( colloq)

¡mira que te lo he dicho de veces …! the times I've told you!, how many times do I have to tell you?

¡mira quién habla! look o hark who's talking!

mira si será egoísta, que no me lo quiso prestar talk about (being) selfish! he wouldn't lend it to me

2

(en advertencias): mira que mañana hay huelga de trenes remember that there's a train strike tomorrow

mira que mi paciencia tiene un límite I'm warning you, I'm running out of patience

¿todavía estás aquí? mira que ya son las nueve are you still here? you realize o you (do) know it's already gone nine …

■ mirar

vi

A (observar, contemplar) to look

no mires, que es una sorpresa don't look, it's a surprise

cuando hay alguna escena violenta yo no miro when there's a violent scene I don't look

se mira y no se toca look but don't touch

he mirado por todas partes y no lo encuentro I've looked everywhere but I can't find it

se pasa el día mirando por la ventana he spends the whole day looking out of the window

¿estás seguro de que no está? ¿miraste bien? are you sure it's not there? did you have a good look? o did you look properly?

tienes que mirar por aquí/por este agujero you have to look through here/through this hole

mirar atrás to look back

B (fijarse) to look

mire usted, la cosa es muy sencilla well, it's very simple

sacó el primer premio — ¡mira tú! he won first prize — well, well! o well I never! o you're kidding! o ( BrE) get away! ( colloq)

mire, le quería hacer una pregunta look, there's something I wanted to ask you

no, mira, yo tampoco me lo creo no, to be honest o to tell you the truth, I don't believe it either

mira, no me vengas ahora con excusas look, I don't want to listen to your excuses

mira, hazlo como te dé la gana well o look, just go ahead and do it however you like!

mira por dónde ( Esp fam): yo no quería participar y, mira por dónde, me llevé el trofeo I didn't even want to take part and yet, would you believe it? I won the trophy o and guess what? I won the trophy

¿no decías que era tan difícil conseguir una entrada? pues mira por dónde, no había ni cola didn't you say it was really difficult to get a ticket? well, can you believe it? there wasn't even a line ( AmE) o ( BrE) queue ( colloq)

y mira por dónde, tenía yo razón and, you know what? I was right ( colloq)

C (estar orientado) mirar A/ HACIA algo; to face sth

la fachada mira al sur the front of the building faces south o is south-facing

esa habitación mira al mar that room overlooks the sea

el balcón mira a las montañas the balcony looks out onto the mountains

ponte mirando hacia la ventana stand ( o sit etc) facing the window

D mirar por

1 (preocuparse por) to think of

no mira más que por sus intereses he only thinks of his own interests

mira por ti misma, los demás que se las arreglen just worry about yourself o just think of o about yourself, and let others sort out their own problems

2 ( Col) (cuidar) to look after

¿quién mira por los niños? who's looking after o taking care of the children?

■ mirarse

v pron

1 ( refl) to look at oneself

se miró en el or al espejo she looked at herself in the mirror

2 ( recípr) to look at each other

se miraron extrañados they looked at each other in surprise

* * *

mirar ( conjugate mirar) verbo transitivo
1
a) (observar, contemplar) to look at;

◊ mirar un cuadro to look at a picture;

no me mires así don't look at me like that;
mirar a algn a los ojos to look sb in the eye;
se me quedó mirando he just stared at me;
miraba distraída por la ventana he was gazing absent-mindedly out of the window;
miraba cómo lo hacía he was watching how she did it;
ir a mirar escaparates or (AmL) vidrieras to go window shopping
b) ‹programa/partido/televisión› to watch

2 ( fijarse) to look;
◊ ¡mira lo que has hecho! look what you've done!;

mira bien que esté apagado make sure o check it's off;
miré a ver si estaba listo I had a look to see if he was ready
3 ( considerar):
◊ míralo desde otro punto de vista look at it from another point of view;

lo mires por donde lo mires whatever o whichever way you look at it;
mirándolo bien ( pensándolo detenidamente) all things considered;

( pensándolo mejor) on second thoughts;
◊ mirar a algn en menos to look down on sb;

mirar mal a algn to disapprove of sb
4 (expresando incredulidad, irritación, etc):
◊ ¡mira que poner un plato de plástico en el horno …! honestly o really! imagine putting a plastic dish in the oven …! (colloq);

¡mira que eres tacaño! boy, you're mean! (colloq);
¡mira las veces que te lo habré dicho …! the times I've told you!
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en general) to look;
◊ he mirado por todas partes I've looked everywhere;

mirar por la ventana to look out of the window;
¿miraste bien? did you have a good look?, did you look properly?;
mirar atrás to look back
2 ( estar orientado) mirar A/HACIA algo [ fachada] to face sth;
[terraza/habitación] to look out over sth, overlook sth;
◊ ponte mirando hacia la ventana stand (o sit etc) facing the window

3
◊ mirar por

a) ( preocuparse por) to think of

b) (Col) ( cuidar) to look after

mirarse verbo pronominal
a) ( refl) to look at oneself;

◊ mirarse en el espejo to look at oneself in the mirror

b) ( recípr) to look at each other

mirar
I verbo transitivo
1 to look at: me miró con preocupación, he looked at me with concern
mirar una palabra en el diccionario, to look up a word in the dictionary
2 (examinar) to watch: miraba la película atentamente, she was watching the film carefully
míralo con atención, look at it carefully
3 (tener cuidado) mira bien con quién andas, be careful of the company you keep
II verbo intransitivo
1 (buscar) miraré en ese rincón, I'll have a look in that corner
2 (cuidar) to look after sb/sthg: mira por tus intereses, she is looking after your interests
3 (estar orientado) to face: la fachada mira al norte, the façade faces north ➣ Ver nota en ver
' mirar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alrededor
- atrás
- dar
- directoria I
- directorio
- fijamente
- hito
- hombro
- lupa
- manía
- mirada
- observar
- ojo
- trasluz
- ver
- vista
- volver
- aguaitar
- atentamente
- bien
- caer
- cerca
- checar
- desesperación
- escudriñar
- huevo
- infinito
- microscopio
- mirado
- reojo
- soslayo
- vacío
- valer
- vidriera
English:
about
- around
- at
- browse
- clock
- comb
- contemplate
- dig around
- disdain
- even
- eye
- face
- gape
- gaze
- glance
- glance up
- glare
- glower
- hard
- intently
- leer
- look
- look at
- look back
- look down
- look out
- look round
- nose
- peek
- regard
- scowl
- sideways
- sneak
- space
- square
- squint
- stare
- steadily
- steal
- survey
- take
- tear away
- view
- watch
- window-shopping
- askance
- bright
- double
- down
- fine

* * *

mirar

♦ vt

1. [dirigir la vista a] to look at;
[detenidamente, con atención] to watch; [fijamente] to stare at;
mirar algo de cerca/lejos to look at sth closely/from a distance;

¡míralos! look at them!;

mira lo que pone en ese cartel look (at) what that sign says;

mirar a la gente pasar to watch people go by;

no paraba de mirarme he kept staring at me;

pasaba horas mirando las estrellas I would spend hours gazing at the stars;

mirar algo/a alguien con disimulo to glance furtively at sth/sb;

mirar algo por encima to glance over sth, to have a quick look at sth;

mirar a alguien con ira to look angrily at sb, to glare at sb;

mirar a alguien de arriba abajo to look sb up and down;

Comp

mirar a alguien por encima del hombro to look down on sb;

Comp
Fam
ser de mírame y no me toques to be very fragile

2. [fijarse en]
primero mira cómo lo hago yo first, watch o see how I do it;

mira que no falte nada en las maletas check to see nothing's missing from the suitcases;

míralos bien y dime cuál te gusta más have a good look at them and tell me which you like best

3. [examinar] to check, to look through;

he mirado todo el periódico I've looked through the whole newspaper;

miraremos tu expediente con mucha atención we'll look at your file very carefully;

le miraron todas las maletas they searched all her luggage;

eso te lo tiene que mirar un médico you should have that looked at by a doctor

4. [considerar]
mira bien lo que haces be careful about what you do;

míralo desde este ángulo… look at it this way…;

bien mirado…, mirándolo bien… if you think about it…;

aunque bien mirado, podemos ir los dos on second thoughts, we could both go;

lo mires por donde lo mires whichever way you look at it;

mirar a alguien bien/mal to approve/disapprove of sb;

en este país miran mucho la puntualidad punctuality is very important to people in this country;

mirar mucho el dinero to be very careful with money

♦ vi

1. [dirigir la vista] to look;
[detenidamente, con atención] to watch; [fijamente] to stare;
mira bien antes de cruzar look carefully before crossing the road;

miraban por la ventana they were looking out of the window;

¡mira! look (at that)!;

mira, yo creo que… look, I think (that)…;
Esp
mira por dónde guess what?, would you believe it?;
también Irónico
¡mira qué bien! isn't that great!;

mira que te avisé I told you so;

¡mira que eres pesado/tonto! you're so annoying/silly!;

¡mira que salir sin paraguas con la que está cayendo! fancy going out without an umbrella in this rain!;

¡mira si haría calor que no pude dormir! it was so hot I couldn't sleep!;

Comp

¡mira quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!;

Comp
Am Fam
mirar feo: siempre miraba feo a mis amigos she always looked down her nose at my friends

2. [buscar] to check, to look;

he mirado en todas partes I've looked everywhere

3.
mirar a [orientarse hacia] [casa, fachada] to face;
[habitación, terraza] to look out onto;
la mezquita mira al este the mosque faces east;

la habitación mira al mar the room looks out onto the sea

4.
mirar por [cuidar de] to look after;

mirar por los demás to look out for other people;

sólo mira por sus intereses she only looks after her own interests

5. Fam [averiguar, comprobar]
mirar a ver si to see if o whether;

mira a ver si ha llegado la carta (go and) see if the letter has arrived;

mira a ver si tienes algo de cambio para dejarme (have a look and) see if you've got any change you could lend me

♦ See also the pronominal verb mirarse

* * *

mirar

I v/t

1 look at

2 ( observar) watch;

3 fig ( considerar) look at, consider;

no mirar el precio not worry about the cost;

mira bien lo que haces think carefully about what you’re doing

4 L.Am. ( ver) see;

¿qué miras desde aquí? what can you see from here?

II v/i look;

mirar a/hacia algo face sth;

mirar al norte de una ventana etc face north;

mirar por look through; ( cuidar) look after;

mirar por la ventana look out of the window;

¡mira! look!;

¡mira por dónde! would you believe it?;

mirándolo bien thinking about it, now that I etc come to think about it

* * *

mirar vt

1) : to look at

2) observar: to watch

3) reflexionar: to consider, to think over

mirar vi

1) : to look

2) : to face, to overlook

3)

mirar por : to look after, to look out for

♦ See also the reflexive verb mirarse

* * *

mirar vb

1. (en general) to look / to look at

mira en el armario look in the wardrobe

he mirado por todas partes I've looked everywhere

se miró en el espejo she looked at herself in the mirror

2. (observar) to watch

estaba mirando cómo llegaban los barcos he was watching the boats arrive

3. (considerar) to think about [pt. & pp. thought]

mira bien lo que haces think carefully about what you're doing

4. (consultar) to look up

míralo en el diccionario look it up in the dictionary

mirar fijamente to stare at

Spanish-English dictionary > mirar

71 este

adj.

east, eastern.

m.

east.

viento del este east wind

ir hacia el este to go east(wards)

está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid

los países del este the countries of Eastern Europe

* * *

este

► adjetivo (pl estos,-as)

1 this (plural) these

■ este libro this book

■ estas manzanas these apples

■ la película esta no vale nada this film's not any good

————————

este

► adjetivo

1 east, eastern

2 (dirección) easterly; (viento) east, easterly

■ dirección este easterly direction

► nombre masculino

1 east

2 (viento) east wind

* * *
1. = esta, adj.
this

- estos
2. adj.
east, eastern
3. noun m.
east

* * *
I
1.

ADJ INV [zona, área] east

el ala este del palacio — the east wing of the palace

la costa este — the east o eastern coast

íbamos en dirección este — we were going east o eastward(s), we were going in an eastward o an easterly direction

trenes en dirección este — eastbound trains

2. SM

1) (Geog) East, east

el sol sale por el Este — the sun rises in the East o east

vientos fuertes del Este — strong east o easterly winds

la casa está orientada hacia el Este — the house is east-facing, the house faces East o east

2) (Pol)

el Este — the East

los países de la Europa del Este — East European countries

3) (tb: zona este) east

al este de Toledo — to the east of Toledo

soy del este de Londres — I'm from east London

4) (Meteo) (tb: viento del este) east wind, easterly wind
II
este, -a
ADJ DEM
1) [indicando proximidad]

a) [sing] this

esta silla — this chair

este mes — this month

¿qué habéis hecho este fin de semana? — what did you do at the weekend?, what did you do this weekend?

¿dónde vais a ir este fin de semana? — [dicho un viernes] where are you going this weekend?; [dicho un lunes] where are you going next weekend?

b)

estos/estas — these

estas tijeras — these scissors, this pair of scissors

2) * [con valor enfático]

¡a ver qué quiere ahora el tío este! — what does that guy want now! *

¡este Pedro es un desastre! — that Pedro is a complete disaster! *
III
este, -a
PRON DEM =éste PRON DEM éste, -a
1) [sing] this one

esta me gusta más — I prefer this one

este no es el que vi ayer — this is not the one I saw yesterday

¡este me quiere engañar! — this guy's out to cheat me!

pero ¿dónde está este? — where on earth is he?

2)

estos/estas — these; [en texto] the latter

3) [locuciones]

en esta — [en cartas] in this town (from where I'm writing)

• en estas, en estas se acerca y dice... — just then he went up and said...

- jurar por estas

4) esp LAm [como muletilla]

este... — er..., um...
In the past the standard spelling for these demonstrative pronouns was with an accent (éste, ésta, éstos and éstas). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjective.
* * *
I
adjetivo invariable < región> eastern

en la parte este del país — in the eastern part o the east of the country

iban en dirección este — they were heading east o eastward(s)

el ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast
II
masculino

a) (parte, sector)

el este — the east

en el este del país — in the east of the country

al este de Lima — to the east of Lima

b) ( punto cardinal) east, East

vientos del Este — easterly winds

caminaron hacia el Este — they walked east o eastward(s)

las ventanas dan al este — the windows face east

c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the East

los países del Este — the Eastern Bloc countries
III
esta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)

a) this; (pl) these

este chico — this boy

esta gente — these people

[usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

b) ( como muletilla) well, er

* * *
I
adjetivo invariable < región> eastern

en la parte este del país — in the eastern part o the east of the country

iban en dirección este — they were heading east o eastward(s)

el ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast
II
masculino

a) (parte, sector)

el este — the east

en el este del país — in the east of the country

al este de Lima — to the east of Lima

b) ( punto cardinal) east, East

vientos del Este — easterly winds

caminaron hacia el Este — they walked east o eastward(s)

las ventanas dan al este — the windows face east

c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the East

los países del Este — the Eastern Bloc countries
III
esta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)

a) this; (pl) these

este chico — this boy

esta gente — these people

[usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

b) ( como muletilla) well, er

* * *

el este

= east, the

Ex: Standing in the early morning on the balcony of her apartment, she was smote as she always was by the grandeur of the sky turning to scarlet as the rim of darkness in the east released the sun for its sluggish trek through the heavens.

este¹

¹ = east.

Ex: The plan of the temple is round instead of rectangular, and unlike the rest, faces north instead of east.

* Alemania del Este = East Germany.

* al este de = east of.

* bloque del este, el = Eastern bloc, the.

* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.

* del este = eastern.

* del este asiático = East Asian.

* derecho hacia el este = due east.

* en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.

* este, el = east, the.

* Europa Central del Este = East Central Europe.

* exactamente al este = due east.

* habitante del este = Easterner.

* hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.

* la Europa del Este = Eastern Europe.

* país de Europa del Este = Eastern European country.

* sudeste = southeast [south east].

* sureste = southeast [south east].

este²

= present, such, this.

Ex: We are going to use the data elements defined in the present document as a base from which to begin.

Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.

Ex: In this chapter a review of the development of cataloguing codes is given in order to explain and place in context the nature of modern cataloguing codes.

* a este fin = to this end.

* a este paso = at this rate.

* a este respecto = in this respect.

* a este ritmo = at this rate.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, in doing so.

* a partir de esto = on this basis.

* como esto = like this.

* como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.

* con este fin = to that effect.

* con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, by doing so, by this, in doing so.

* de esta forma = in this way.

* de esta manera = in this manner, in this way.

* de este modo = by this means, in so doing, this way, thus, in doing so.

* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.

* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.

* de nuevo en este caso = here again.

* desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.

* dicho esto = that said.

* directamente hacia el este = due east.

* durante este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.

* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.

* en este caso = in this case.

* en este contexto = against this background.

* en este documento = herein.

* en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.

* en este momento = at this stage, right now.

* en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.

* en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, on this score, to that effect.

* en estos casos = in these cases.

* en estos tiempos = in this day and age.

* entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.

* esta = this.

* esta es la oportunidad de + Nombre = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.

* ésta es la razón por la que = this is why.

* esta es + Pronombre + oportunidad = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.

* ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.

* esta mañana = early today.

* esta mañana temprano = early this morning.

* esta noche = tonight, tonite.

* esta vez = this time around/round, this time.

* éste es también el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).

* éste no es el caso en = not so in.

* este tipo de = such.

* este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.

* esto es así = this is the case.

* esto no ocurre en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).

* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.

* esto no se debe hacer así = this just won't do.

* esto no vale = this just won't do.

* estos = these.

* estos días = these days.

* haciendo esto = by so doing, by doing so.

* letra cuya impresión en papel no está completa = broken letter.

* para esto = therefor.

* para hacer esto = in this.

* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.

* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.

* partiendo de esto = on that basis.

* pensando en esto = with this/that in mind.

* por esta razón = for this reason.

* por este motivo = for this reason.

* por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.

* presentado desde esta perspectiva = cast in this light.

* teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.

* teniendo esto como trasfondo = against this background.

* teniendo esto presente = with this/that in mind.

* todo esto = the whole thing.

* * *

este¹

adj inv

[ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹región› eastern

en la parte este del país in the eastern part of the country

iban en dirección este they were heading east o eastward(s), they were heading in an easterly direction

vientos moderados del sector este moderate easterly winds o winds from the east

el ala/litoral este the east wing/coast

la cara este de la montaña the east o eastern face of the mountain

este²

masculine

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(parte, sector): el este the east

en el este del país in the east of the country

está al este de Bogotá it lies to the east of Bogotá, it is (to the) east of Bogotá

2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (punto cardinal) east, East

el Sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east o the East

vientos flojos del Este light easterly winds, light winds from the east

la calle va de Este a Oeste the street runs east-west

dar tres pasos hacia el Este take three paces east o eastward(s) o to the east

vientos moderados del sector sur rotando al este moderate winds from the south becoming o veering easterly

más al este further east

las ventanas dan al este the windows face east

3

el Este ( Pol) the East

los países del Este the Eastern Bloc countries

4

Este (en bridge) East

este³, esta

adj dem

(pl estos, estas)

1 this; (pl) these

este chico this boy

esta gente these people

[usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó ( fam); this idiot here didn't tell me

2 (como muletilla) well, er

¿fuiste tú o no? — este … was it you or not? — well …

* * *

Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

esté es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
E.
estar
este
éste
E. (
◊ Este) E, East

estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
1
a) ( seguido de adjetivos)

◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

estás más gordo you've put on weight;
estoy cansada I'm tired;
está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
b) ( con

◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
◊ está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine

3 ( seguido de participios)
◊ éste sentado to be sitting;

estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
ver tb v aux 2
4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
(para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);
◊ estoy a régimen I'm on a diet;

¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en un lugar) to be;
◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
solo ésteé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
¿cuánto tiempo ésteás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
2 ( en el tiempo):
◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
estamos en primavera it's spring
3
a) (tener como función, cometido):

◊ para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for;

estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them
b) ( radicar) to lie;

◊ en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies

4 (estar listo, terminado):
◊ la carne todavía no está the meat's not ready yet;

lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):
◊ te está pequeña it's too small for you;

la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
éste v aux
1 ( con gerundio):
◊ está lloviendo it's raining;

estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
2 ( con participio):
◊ ese asiento está ocupado that seat is taken;

ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
ver tb estar cópula 3
estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
◊ ¿no te puedes éste quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

estese tranquilo don't worry
estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
este 1 adjetivo invariable ‹ región› eastern;
iban en dirección éste they were heading east o eastward(s);
el ala/la costa éste the east wing/coast
■ sustantivo masculino
a) (parte, sector):

◊ el éste the east;

al éste de Lima to the east of Lima
b) ( punto cardinal) east, East;

◊ vientos del Eéste easterly winds;

las ventanas dan al éste the windows face east
c)

◊ el Este (Hist, Pol) the East;

los países del Eéste the Eastern Bloc countries
este 2,
◊ esta adj dem (pl estos, estas)

a) this;

(pl) these;
◊ este chico this boy;

estos dólares these dollars;
usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun la estúpida esta no me avisó (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me
b) ( como muletilla) well, er

éste,
◊ ésta pron dem (pl éstos, éstas) The written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective this one;

(pl) these;
éste or este es el mío this (one) is mine;
un día de éstos or estos one of these days;
éste or este es el que yo quería this is the one I wanted;
prefiero éstos or estos I prefer these (ones);
sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval
◊ ¡qué niña esta! (fam) honestly, this child!;

residente en ésta or esta resident in Seville (o Lima etc)
estar verbo intransitivo
1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
está dormido, he's asleep
está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
(con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
(con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
(: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
(: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
estar al caer, to be just round the corner
estar en baja, to be waning
estar en todo, to be on top of everything
estaría bueno, whatever next
ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
este,-a adj dem
1 this
este barco, this ship
esta casa, this house 2 estos,-as, these
estos hombres, these men
estas mujeres, these women
este sustantivo masculino
1 (punto cardinal) East: nos dirigíamos al este, we were going east
al este del Edén, to the east of Eden
(en aposición) (zona, parte) eastern: son del este de Europa, they're from Eastern Europe
(dirección, rumbo) easterly: el viento soplaba del este, there was an easterly wind
2 (bloque de países europeos) el Este, the East
éste,-a pron dem m,f
1 this one: éste/ésta es más bonito/a, this one is prettier 2 éstos,-as, these (ones)

' éste' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- abrigada
- abrigado
- abultar
- acabada
- acabado
- acariciar
- acontecer
- actualización
- adelantarse
- adelanto
- afrutada
- afrutado
- ahora
- ahorrar
- alguna
- alguno
- ama
- amo
- andar
- aparte
- aplanar
- aplatanada
- aplatanado
- arrastre
- arreglo
- así
- asistencia
- aterrizar
- atravesarse
- baja
- bajo
- bastar
- bastante
- bendición
- bien
- cabezón
- cabezona
- cabida
- caché
- cachet
- caer
- calificar
- capacidad
- carbonizar
- cariño
- catalogar
- caza
- ceñirse
- chapada
English:
acoustic
- advanced
- afford
- afraid
- aggressive
- agony
- agree
- alleviate
- ambience
- amenities
- anniversary
- antidote
- anywhere
- architecture
- arithmetic
- attain
- attribute
- be
- belong
- blank
- boggle
- bore
- breeze
- broadsheet
- bulky
- bundle
- buy
- call
- call at
- can
- capture
- cash
- chapter
- characteristic
- close-fitting
- cold
- come across
- come in
- come under
- compact
- complete
- conception
- concoction
- consistent
- convert
- cramped
- deadly
- define
- demand
- deny

* * *

este¹

♦ adj inv
[posición, parte] east, eastern; [dirección] easterly; [viento] east, easterly;
la cara este del pico the east face of the mountain;

la costa este the east coast;

tiempo soleado en la mitad este del país sunny weather in the eastern half of the country;

partieron con rumbo este they set off in an easterly direction;

un frente frío que se desplaza en dirección este a cold front moving eastwards

♦ nm

1. [zona] east;

está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid;

la fachada da al este the front of the building faces east;

viento del este east o easterly wind;

habrá lluvias en el este (del país) there will be rain in the east (of the country);

ir hacia el este to go east(wards)

2. [punto cardinal] east;

el sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east

3. [bloque geopolítico]
el Este the East;

los países del Este the countries of Eastern Europe

4. [viento] easterly, east wind

este², -a (pl estos, -as) adj demostrativo

1. [en general] this;
[plural] these;
esta camisa this shirt;

este año this year;

esta mañana this morning;

esta noche tonight

2. Fam Pey [singular] that;
[plural] those;
no soporto a la niña esta I can't stand that girl;

el teléfono este no funciona this telephone's not working

3. Méx, RP [como muletilla] well, er, um;

y entonces, este, le propuse… and then, um, I suggested…;

es un, este, cómo se dice, un lexicógrafo he's a, oh, what do you call it, a lexicographer;

este, ¿me prestás plata? er, can you lend me some money?

este³, -a (pl estos, -as) pron demostrativo Note that este and its various forms can be written with an accent ( éste, ésta etc) when there is a risk of confusion with the adjective.

1. [en general] this one;
[plural] these (ones);
dame otro boli, este no funciona give me another pen, this one doesn't work;

aquellos cuadros no están mal, aunque estos me gustan más those paintings aren't bad, but I like these (ones) better;

esta ha sido la semana más feliz de mi vida this has been the happiest week of my life;

cualquier día de estos one of these days;

Comp
Fam
esta es la mía/tuya/ etc[m5]. this is the chance I've/you've/ etc been waiting for, this is my/your/ etc big chance;

Comp

en estas just then;

en estas sonó el teléfono just then o at that very moment, the phone rang;

en una de estas one of these days;

en una de estas te pillará la policía one of these days the police will catch you;

Comp
Fam
por estas [lo juro] I swear, honest to God;

¿seguro que no me estás mintiendo? – ¡por estas! are you sure you're not lying to me? – I swear o honest to God

2. [recién mencionado] the latter;

entraron Juan y Pedro, este con un abrigo verde Juan and Pedro came in, the latter wearing a green coat

3. Fam [despectivo]
este es el que me pegó this is the one who hit me;

estos son los culpables de todo lo ocurrido it's this lot o bunch who are to blame for everything

4. Formal [en correspondencia]
espero que al recibo de esta te encuentres bien I hope this letter finds you well

* * *

este

1 m east

este

2, esta, estos, estas det singular this; plural these;

a todas estas in the meanwhile

* * *

éste, ésta pron, mpl éstos

1) : this one, these ones pl

2) : the latter

este, esta adj, mpl estos : this, these

este adj

: eastern, east

este nm

1) oriente: east

2) : east wind

3)

el Este : the East, the Orient

* * *

este¹ adj this

este año this year

este² n east

en el este de España in the east of Spain

Spanish-English dictionary > este

72 éste

adj.

east, eastern.

m.

east.

viento del este east wind

ir hacia el este to go east(wards)

está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid

los países del este the countries of Eastern Europe

* * *

este

► adjetivo (pl estos,-as)

1 this (plural) these

■ este libro this book

■ estas manzanas these apples

■ la película esta no vale nada this film's not any good

————————

este

► adjetivo

1 east, eastern

2 (dirección) easterly; (viento) east, easterly

■ dirección este easterly direction

► nombre masculino

1 east

2 (viento) east wind

* * *
1. = esta, adj.
this

- estos
2. adj.
east, eastern
3. noun m.
east

* * *
I
1.

ADJ INV [zona, área] east

el ala este del palacio — the east wing of the palace

la costa este — the east o eastern coast

íbamos en dirección este — we were going east o eastward(s), we were going in an eastward o an easterly direction

trenes en dirección este — eastbound trains

2. SM

1) (Geog) East, east

el sol sale por el Este — the sun rises in the East o east

vientos fuertes del Este — strong east o easterly winds

la casa está orientada hacia el Este — the house is east-facing, the house faces East o east

2) (Pol)

el Este — the East

los países de la Europa del Este — East European countries

3) (tb: zona este) east

al este de Toledo — to the east of Toledo

soy del este de Londres — I'm from east London

4) (Meteo) (tb: viento del este) east wind, easterly wind
II
este, -a
ADJ DEM
1) [indicando proximidad]

a) [sing] this

esta silla — this chair

este mes — this month

¿qué habéis hecho este fin de semana? — what did you do at the weekend?, what did you do this weekend?

¿dónde vais a ir este fin de semana? — [dicho un viernes] where are you going this weekend?; [dicho un lunes] where are you going next weekend?

b)

estos/estas — these

estas tijeras — these scissors, this pair of scissors

2) * [con valor enfático]

¡a ver qué quiere ahora el tío este! — what does that guy want now! *

¡este Pedro es un desastre! — that Pedro is a complete disaster! *
III
este, -a
PRON DEM =éste PRON DEM éste, -a
1) [sing] this one

esta me gusta más — I prefer this one

este no es el que vi ayer — this is not the one I saw yesterday

¡este me quiere engañar! — this guy's out to cheat me!

pero ¿dónde está este? — where on earth is he?

2)

estos/estas — these; [en texto] the latter

3) [locuciones]

en esta — [en cartas] in this town (from where I'm writing)

• en estas, en estas se acerca y dice... — just then he went up and said...

- jurar por estas

4) esp LAm [como muletilla]

este... — er..., um...
In the past the standard spelling for these demonstrative pronouns was with an accent (éste, ésta, éstos and éstas). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjective.
* * *

ésta pronombre demostrativo (pl éstos, éstas)

[According to the Real Academia Española the written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective]

a) this one; (pl) these

éste es el mío — this (one) is mine

un día de éstos — one of these days

éste es el que yo quería — this is the one I wanted

Alfonso y Andrés, éste de pie, aquél sentado — (liter)... Alfonso and Andrés, the former sitting down and the latter standing

[sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval] qué niña ésta! — (fam) honestly, this child!

b) ésta (frml) (en cartas, documentos) the city in which the letter is written

residente en ésta — resident in Seville (o Lima etc)

* * *
I
adjetivo invariable < región> eastern

en la parte este del país — in the eastern part o the east of the country

iban en dirección este — they were heading east o eastward(s)

el ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast
II
masculino

a) (parte, sector)

el este — the east

en el este del país — in the east of the country

al este de Lima — to the east of Lima

b) ( punto cardinal) east, East

vientos del Este — easterly winds

caminaron hacia el Este — they walked east o eastward(s)

las ventanas dan al este — the windows face east

c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the East

los países del Este — the Eastern Bloc countries
III
esta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)

a) this; (pl) these

este chico — this boy

esta gente — these people

[usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

b) ( como muletilla) well, er

* * *

el este

= east, the

Ex: Standing in the early morning on the balcony of her apartment, she was smote as she always was by the grandeur of the sky turning to scarlet as the rim of darkness in the east released the sun for its sluggish trek through the heavens.

este¹

¹ = east.

Ex: The plan of the temple is round instead of rectangular, and unlike the rest, faces north instead of east.

* Alemania del Este = East Germany.

* al este de = east of.

* bloque del este, el = Eastern bloc, the.

* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.

* del este = eastern.

* del este asiático = East Asian.

* derecho hacia el este = due east.

* en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.

* este, el = east, the.

* Europa Central del Este = East Central Europe.

* exactamente al este = due east.

* habitante del este = Easterner.

* hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.

* la Europa del Este = Eastern Europe.

* país de Europa del Este = Eastern European country.

* sudeste = southeast [south east].

* sureste = southeast [south east].

este²

= present, such, this.

Ex: We are going to use the data elements defined in the present document as a base from which to begin.

Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.

Ex: In this chapter a review of the development of cataloguing codes is given in order to explain and place in context the nature of modern cataloguing codes.

* a este fin = to this end.

* a este paso = at this rate.

* a este respecto = in this respect.

* a este ritmo = at this rate.

* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, in doing so.

* a partir de esto = on this basis.

* como esto = like this.

* como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.

* con este fin = to that effect.

* con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, by doing so, by this, in doing so.

* de esta forma = in this way.

* de esta manera = in this manner, in this way.

* de este modo = by this means, in so doing, this way, thus, in doing so.

* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.

* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.

* de nuevo en este caso = here again.

* desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.

* dicho esto = that said.

* directamente hacia el este = due east.

* durante este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.

* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.

* en este caso = in this case.

* en este contexto = against this background.

* en este documento = herein.

* en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.

* en este momento = at this stage, right now.

* en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.

* en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, on this score, to that effect.

* en estos casos = in these cases.

* en estos tiempos = in this day and age.

* entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.

* esta = this.

* esta es la oportunidad de + Nombre = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.

* ésta es la razón por la que = this is why.

* esta es + Pronombre + oportunidad = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.

* ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.

* esta mañana = early today.

* esta mañana temprano = early this morning.

* esta noche = tonight, tonite.

* esta vez = this time around/round, this time.

* éste es también el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).

* éste no es el caso en = not so in.

* este tipo de = such.

* este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.

* esto es así = this is the case.

* esto no ocurre en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).

* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.

* esto no se debe hacer así = this just won't do.

* esto no vale = this just won't do.

* estos = these.

* estos días = these days.

* haciendo esto = by so doing, by doing so.

* letra cuya impresión en papel no está completa = broken letter.

* para esto = therefor.

* para hacer esto = in this.

* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.

* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.

* partiendo de esto = on that basis.

* pensando en esto = with this/that in mind.

* por esta razón = for this reason.

* por este motivo = for this reason.

* por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.

* presentado desde esta perspectiva = cast in this light.

* teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.

* teniendo esto como trasfondo = against this background.

* teniendo esto presente = with this/that in mind.

* todo esto = the whole thing.

* * *

este¹

adj inv

[ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹región› eastern

en la parte este del país in the eastern part of the country

iban en dirección este they were heading east o eastward(s), they were heading in an easterly direction

vientos moderados del sector este moderate easterly winds o winds from the east

el ala/litoral este the east wing/coast

la cara este de la montaña the east o eastern face of the mountain

este²

masculine

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(parte, sector): el este the east

en el este del país in the east of the country

está al este de Bogotá it lies to the east of Bogotá, it is (to the) east of Bogotá

2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (punto cardinal) east, East

el Sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east o the East

vientos flojos del Este light easterly winds, light winds from the east

la calle va de Este a Oeste the street runs east-west

dar tres pasos hacia el Este take three paces east o eastward(s) o to the east

vientos moderados del sector sur rotando al este moderate winds from the south becoming o veering easterly

más al este further east

las ventanas dan al este the windows face east

3

el Este ( Pol) the East

los países del Este the Eastern Bloc countries

4

Este (en bridge) East

este³, esta

adj dem

(pl estos, estas)

1 this; (pl) these

este chico this boy

esta gente these people

[usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó ( fam); this idiot here didn't tell me

2 (como muletilla) well, er

¿fuiste tú o no? — este … was it you or not? — well …

* * *

Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

esté es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
E.
estar
este
éste
E. (
◊ Este) E, East

estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
1
a) ( seguido de adjetivos)

◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

estás más gordo you've put on weight;
estoy cansada I'm tired;
está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
b) ( con

◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
◊ está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine

3 ( seguido de participios)
◊ éste sentado to be sitting;

estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
ver tb v aux 2
4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
(para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);
◊ estoy a régimen I'm on a diet;

¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en un lugar) to be;
◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
solo ésteé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
¿cuánto tiempo ésteás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
2 ( en el tiempo):
◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
estamos en primavera it's spring
3
a) (tener como función, cometido):

◊ para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for;

estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them
b) ( radicar) to lie;

◊ en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies

4 (estar listo, terminado):
◊ la carne todavía no está the meat's not ready yet;

lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):
◊ te está pequeña it's too small for you;

la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
éste v aux
1 ( con gerundio):
◊ está lloviendo it's raining;

estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
2 ( con participio):
◊ ese asiento está ocupado that seat is taken;

ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
ver tb estar cópula 3
estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
◊ ¿no te puedes éste quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

estese tranquilo don't worry
estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
este 1 adjetivo invariable ‹ región› eastern;
iban en dirección éste they were heading east o eastward(s);
el ala/la costa éste the east wing/coast
■ sustantivo masculino
a) (parte, sector):

◊ el éste the east;

al éste de Lima to the east of Lima
b) ( punto cardinal) east, East;

◊ vientos del Eéste easterly winds;

las ventanas dan al éste the windows face east
c)

◊ el Este (Hist, Pol) the East;

los países del Eéste the Eastern Bloc countries
este 2,
◊ esta adj dem (pl estos, estas)

a) this;

(pl) these;
◊ este chico this boy;

estos dólares these dollars;
usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun la estúpida esta no me avisó (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me
b) ( como muletilla) well, er

éste,
◊ ésta pron dem (pl éstos, éstas) The written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective this one;

(pl) these;
éste or este es el mío this (one) is mine;
un día de éstos or estos one of these days;
éste or este es el que yo quería this is the one I wanted;
prefiero éstos or estos I prefer these (ones);
sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval
◊ ¡qué niña esta! (fam) honestly, this child!;

residente en ésta or esta resident in Seville (o Lima etc)
estar verbo intransitivo
1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
está dormido, he's asleep
está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
(con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
(con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
(: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
(: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
estar al caer, to be just round the corner
estar en baja, to be waning
estar en todo, to be on top of everything
estaría bueno, whatever next
ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
este,-a adj dem
1 this
este barco, this ship
esta casa, this house 2 estos,-as, these
estos hombres, these men
estas mujeres, these women
este sustantivo masculino
1 (punto cardinal) East: nos dirigíamos al este, we were going east
al este del Edén, to the east of Eden
(en aposición) (zona, parte) eastern: son del este de Europa, they're from Eastern Europe
(dirección, rumbo) easterly: el viento soplaba del este, there was an easterly wind
2 (bloque de países europeos) el Este, the East
éste,-a pron dem m,f
1 this one: éste/ésta es más bonito/a, this one is prettier 2 éstos,-as, these (ones)

' éste' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- abrigada
- abrigado
- abultar
- acabada
- acabado
- acariciar
- acontecer
- actualización
- adelantarse
- adelanto
- afrutada
- afrutado
- ahora
- ahorrar
- alguna
- alguno
- ama
- amo
- andar
- aparte
- aplanar
- aplatanada
- aplatanado
- arrastre
- arreglo
- así
- asistencia
- aterrizar
- atravesarse
- baja
- bajo
- bastar
- bastante
- bendición
- bien
- cabezón
- cabezona
- cabida
- caché
- cachet
- caer
- calificar
- capacidad
- carbonizar
- cariño
- catalogar
- caza
- ceñirse
- chapada
English:
acoustic
- advanced
- afford
- afraid
- aggressive
- agony
- agree
- alleviate
- ambience
- amenities
- anniversary
- antidote
- anywhere
- architecture
- arithmetic
- attain
- attribute
- be
- belong
- blank
- boggle
- bore
- breeze
- broadsheet
- bulky
- bundle
- buy
- call
- call at
- can
- capture
- cash
- chapter
- characteristic
- close-fitting
- cold
- come across
- come in
- come under
- compact
- complete
- conception
- concoction
- consistent
- convert
- cramped
- deadly
- define
- demand
- deny

* * *

este¹

♦ adj inv
[posición, parte] east, eastern; [dirección] easterly; [viento] east, easterly;
la cara este del pico the east face of the mountain;

la costa este the east coast;

tiempo soleado en la mitad este del país sunny weather in the eastern half of the country;

partieron con rumbo este they set off in an easterly direction;

un frente frío que se desplaza en dirección este a cold front moving eastwards

♦ nm

1. [zona] east;

está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid;

la fachada da al este the front of the building faces east;

viento del este east o easterly wind;

habrá lluvias en el este (del país) there will be rain in the east (of the country);

ir hacia el este to go east(wards)

2. [punto cardinal] east;

el sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east

3. [bloque geopolítico]
el Este the East;

los países del Este the countries of Eastern Europe

4. [viento] easterly, east wind

este², -a (pl estos, -as) adj demostrativo

1. [en general] this;
[plural] these;
esta camisa this shirt;

este año this year;

esta mañana this morning;

esta noche tonight

2. Fam Pey [singular] that;
[plural] those;
no soporto a la niña esta I can't stand that girl;

el teléfono este no funciona this telephone's not working

3. Méx, RP [como muletilla] well, er, um;

y entonces, este, le propuse… and then, um, I suggested…;

es un, este, cómo se dice, un lexicógrafo he's a, oh, what do you call it, a lexicographer;

este, ¿me prestás plata? er, can you lend me some money?

este³, -a (pl estos, -as) pron demostrativo Note that este and its various forms can be written with an accent ( éste, ésta etc) when there is a risk of confusion with the adjective.

1. [en general] this one;
[plural] these (ones);
dame otro boli, este no funciona give me another pen, this one doesn't work;

aquellos cuadros no están mal, aunque estos me gustan más those paintings aren't bad, but I like these (ones) better;

esta ha sido la semana más feliz de mi vida this has been the happiest week of my life;

cualquier día de estos one of these days;

Comp
Fam
esta es la mía/tuya/ etc[m5]. this is the chance I've/you've/ etc been waiting for, this is my/your/ etc big chance;

Comp

en estas just then;

en estas sonó el teléfono just then o at that very moment, the phone rang;

en una de estas one of these days;

en una de estas te pillará la policía one of these days the police will catch you;

Comp
Fam
por estas [lo juro] I swear, honest to God;

¿seguro que no me estás mintiendo? – ¡por estas! are you sure you're not lying to me? – I swear o honest to God

2. [recién mencionado] the latter;

entraron Juan y Pedro, este con un abrigo verde Juan and Pedro came in, the latter wearing a green coat

3. Fam [despectivo]
este es el que me pegó this is the one who hit me;

estos son los culpables de todo lo ocurrido it's this lot o bunch who are to blame for everything

4. Formal [en correspondencia]
espero que al recibo de esta te encuentres bien I hope this letter finds you well

* * *

este

1 m east

este

2, esta, estos, estas det singular this; plural these;

a todas estas in the meanwhile

* * *

éste, ésta pron, mpl éstos

1) : this one, these ones pl

2) : the latter

este, esta adj, mpl estos : this, these

este adj

: eastern, east

este nm

1) oriente: east

2) : east wind

3)

el Este : the East, the Orient

* * *

este¹ adj this

este año this year

este² n east

en el este de España in the east of Spain

Spanish-English dictionary > éste

73 von

Präp.

1. räumlich: from; von etw. weg: off s.th.; von wo( her)? where from?; vom

2. zeitlich: from; von morgen an from tomorrow (onwards), as of tomorrow; an II

3. für den (partitiven) Genitiv, Teil: of; die Einfuhr von Weizen the import of wheat; zwei von uns two of us; neun von zehn Leuten nine out of ( Statistik: in) ten people; ein Freund von mir a friend of mine; von dem Apfel essen have some of the apple

4. Anfang, Ausgang(spunkt): from; von 20 Euro an oder aufwärts from 20 euros up(wards), 20 euros and up(wards); klein I

5. Ursache, Urheber: of; beim Passiv: by; ein Brief von Jens a letter from Jens; ein Gedicht von Schiller a poem by Schiller; Kinder haben von have children by; das ist nett von ihm that’s nice of him; von mir aus I don’t mind, it’s all the same to me; von mir aus kann er gehen I don’t mind if he goes, I don’t mind him going, he can go as far as I’m concerned; selbst I; vom

6. Maß, Qualität: ein Honorar von 500 Euro a fee of 500 euros; ein Aufenthalt von drei Wochen a three-week stay; ein Kind von drei Jahren a child of three; ein Mann von Charakter / Format a man of character / substance; ein Koloss von einem Mann a giant of a man; ein Kunstwerk von einem Kleid etc. a dress etc. that is a work of art in itself

7. Thema: (über) of, about; ich habe von ihm gehört I’ve heard of him; er weiß von der Sache he knows about it; man spricht von Brandstiftung there’s talk of arson

8. bei Titel vor Eigennamen: of; der Herzog von Edinburgh the Duke of Edinburgh

* * *

from; by; of

* * *
vọn [fɔn]
prep +dat

1) (einen Ausgangspunkt angebend, räumlich, zeitlich) from

der Wind kommt von Norden — the wind comes from the North

nördlich von — to the North of

von München nach Hamburg — from Munich to Hamburg

von weit her — from a long way away

von... an — from...

von Jugend an — from early on

vom 10. Lebensjahr an — since he/she was ten years old

von diesem Tag/Punkt an or ab — from this day/point on(wards)

von heute ab or an — from today

Waren von 5 Euro an or ab — goods from 5 euros (Brit), goods from 5 euros on (US)

von... aus — from...

von dort aus — from there

etw von sich aus wissen — to know sth by oneself

etw von sich aus tun — to do sth of one's own accord

von... bis — from... to

von morgens bis abends — from morning till night

Ihr Brief von vor 2 Wochen — your letter of two weeks ago

von... zu — from... to

2) (von... weg) from

etw von etw nehmen/abreißen — to take/tear sth off sth

vom Zug abspringen — to jump off the train

alles von sich werfen — to throw everything down or aside

von der Stelle weichen — to move from the spot

3) (in Verbindung mit adj, vb siehe auch dort) (Ursache, Urheberschaft ausdrückend, im Passiv) by

das Gedicht ist von Schiller — the poem is by Schiller

ein Kleid von Dior — a Dior dress

ein Kind von jdm kriegen — to have a child by sb

das Kind ist von ihm — the child is his

von etw müde — tired from sth

von etw begeistert — enthusiastic about sth

von etw satt — full up with sth

von etw beeindruckt/überrascht — impressed/surprised by sth

4) (partitiv, anstelle von Genitiv) of

jeweils zwei von zehn — two out of every ten

ein Riese von einem Mann (inf) — a giant of a man

ein Prachtstück von einem Hund (inf) — a magnificent (specimen of a) dog

dieser Dummkopf von Gärtner...! (inf) — that idiot of a gardener...!

5) (in Verbindung mit n, adj, vb siehe auch dort) (Beschaffenheit, Eigenschaft etc ausdrückend, bestehend aus) of

von 50 m Länge — 50 m in length

im Alter von 50 Jahren — at the age of 50

Kinder von 10 Jahren — ten-year-old children

von Bedeutung sein — to be of significance

von Dauer sein — to be lasting

das ist sehr freundlich von Ihnen — that's very kind of you

frei von etw sein — to be free of sth

6) (in Titel) of; (bei deutschem Adelstitel) von

die Königin von England — the Queen of England

Otto von Bismarck — Otto von Bismarck

von und zu Falkenburg — von Falkenburg

ein "von (und zu) " sein — to have a handle to one's name

sich "von" schreiben (lit) — to have a "von" before one's name

da kannst du dich aber "von" schreiben (fig) — you can be really proud yourself (there)

7) (= über) about

er erzählte von seiner Kindheit — he talked about his childhood

Geschichten vom Weihnachtsmann/von Feen — stories about Santa Claus/fairies

8) (mit Fragepronomen) from

von wo/wann/was — where/when/what... from, from where/when/what (form)

9)

(inf in aufgelösten Kontraktionen) von dem halte ich gar nichts — I don't think much of him

da weiß ich nichts von — I don't know anything about it

10) (inf)

von wegen — no way! (inf)

von wegen der Karte/dem Buch (incorrect) — about the map/the book

* * *

1) (used (in the passive voice) to show the person or thing which performs an action: struck by a stone.) by

2) (in respect of: a teacher by profession.) by

3) (used before the place, thing, person, time etc that is the point at which an action, journey, period of time etc begins: from Europe to Asia; from Monday to Friday; a letter from her father.) from

4) (used to indicate that from which something or someone comes: a quotation from Shakespeare.) from

5) (used to indicate separation: Take it from him.) from

6) from

7) (belonging to: a friend of mine.) of

8) (away from (a place etc); after (a given time): within five miles of London; within a year of his death.) of

9) (written etc by: the plays of Shakespeare.) of

10) (belonging to or forming a group: He is one of my friends.) of

11) (showing: a picture of my father.) of

12) (about: an account of his work.) of

13) (away from; down from: It fell off the table; a mile off the coast; He cut about five centimetres off my hair.) off

14) (from among: Four out of five people like this song.) out of

* * *

von

[fɔn]

präp + dat

1. räumlich (ab, herkommend) from; (aus... herab/heraus) off, out of

ich fliege morgen \von München nach Hamburg tomorrow I'm flying from Munich to Hamburg

der Zug \von Wien nach Stuttgart fährt Bahnsteig an 2 ein the train from Vienna to Stuttgart arrives on platform 2

wie komme ich vom Bahnhof am besten zum Rathaus? how can I best get from the station to the town hall?

\von hier bis zur Wand müssten es etwa fünf Meter sein it must be about five metres from here to the wall

\von diesem Fenster kann man alles gut beobachten you can see everything very well from this window

diese Eier sind \von unserem Hof these eggs are from our farm

er fiel \von der Leiter he fell off the ladder

sie fiel vom Baum she fell out of the tree

\von hinten/vorne from behind/the front

\von links/rechts from left/right

\von Norden/Westen, etc. from the North/West, etc.

der Wind kommt \von Süden the wind comes from the South

\von weit her kommen to come from far away

\von woher...? where...from?, from where...?

2. räumlich (etw entfernend) from, off

er nahm die Whiskyflasche \von der Anrichte he took the bottle of whisky from the sideboard

sie sprang vom Tisch she jumped off the table

allen Ballast \von sich dat werfen to get rid of all burden

sich dat den Schweiß \von der Stirn wischen to wipe sweat from one's brow

die Wäsche \von der Leine nehmen to take the washing in off the line

\von zu Hause weggehen to go away from home

3. zeitlich (stammend) from

ich kenne sie \von früher I knew her a long time ago

ich will nichts mehr \von damals wissen! I don't want to know any more about that time!

\von wann ist der Brief? when is the letter from?

für Jugendliche \von 12 bis 16 gilt ein gesonderter Tarif there is a special price for adolescents from twelve to sixteen

\von... bis from... to

ich bin \von morgen bis zum 23. verreist I'm away from tomorrow until 23rd

von 9 bis 5 Uhr arbeiten to work from 9 to 5

\von Montag bis Freitag from Monday to Friday

Ihr Brief vom... your letter from [or dated]...

die Zeitung \von gestern yesterday's paper

\von jetzt/morgen an from now/tomorrow on [or onwards]

die neue Regelung gilt \von März an the new regulation is valid as of March

\von klein an from her/his earliest days

\von Tag zu Tag day after day

4. (Urheber, Ursache) from

\von wem ist dieses schöne Geschenk? who is this lovely present from?

\von wem hast du das Buch bekommen? who gave you the book?

\von wem weißt du das? who told you that?

\von wem ist dieser Roman? who is this novel by?

das Bild ist \von einem unbekannten Maler the picture is by an unknown painter

\von solchen Tricks bin ich nicht sehr beeindruckt I'm not very impressed by tricks like that

das war nicht nett \von dir! that was not nice of you!

\von was ist hier eigentlich die Rede? (fam) what are we talking about here?

\von was sollen wir eigentlich leben? (fam) what are we supposed to live on?

er wurde \von einem Auto angefahren he was hit by a car

\von der Sonne gebräunt werden [o sein] to be browned by the sun

\von jdm gelobt werden to be praised by sb

\von Hand gefertigt (fig) handmade

müde \von der Arbeit tired of work

die Musik \von Beethoven Beethoven's music

\von Rechts wegen by operation of law, ipso jure

5. statt Genitiv (Zugehörigkeit) of

das Auto \von meinem Vater ist blau (fam) my father's car is blue

er wohnt in der Nähe \von Köln he lives near Cologne

ich möchte die Interessen \von meinen Geschwistern vertreten I should like to represent the interests of my brothers and sisters

ein Freund/eine Freundin \von mir a friend of mine

die Königin \von England the Queen of England

Mutter/Vater \von vier Kindern sein to have four children

der Vertrag \von Maastricht the Treaty of Maastricht

6. (Menge, Gruppenangabe) of

keiner \von uns wusste Bescheid none of us knew about it

keiner \von diesen Vorwürfen ist wahr none of these accusations are true

einer \von uns one of us

einer \von vielen/hundert one of many/one in a hundred

7. (bei Zahlenangaben) of

5 km \von Innsbruck entfernt 5 km away from Innsbruck

einen Abstand \von zwei Metern a distance of two metres

ein Aufenthalt \von vier Wochen a four-week stay

eine Fahrt/Pause \von zehn Minuten a ten minute drive/break

ein Kind \von sieben Jahren a seven year old child

Städte \von über 100.000 Einwohnern cities with over 100,000 inhabitants

8. (geh: Eigenschaft) of

ein Mann \von Charakter a real character

eine Frau \von Schönheit a beautiful woman

eine Angelegenheit \von größter Wichtigkeit an extremely important matter

9. (veraltend: Zusammensetzung) of

ein Strauß \von Rosen a bunch of roses

ein Ring \von purem Gold a ring made of pure gold

10. (bei Adelstitel) of; (bei deutschem Adelstitel) von

die Herzogin von York the Duchess of York

11.

▶ \von wegen! (fam) not a chance!, no way! fam

\von wegen verschwiegen, das ist die größte Klatschbase, die ich kenne no way will she keep that quiet, she's the biggest gossip I know!

* * *

Präposition mit Dat

1) (räumlich) from

nördlich/südlich von Mannheim — to the north/south of Mannheim

rechts/links von mir — on my right/left

von hier an od. (ugs.) ab — from here on[ward]

von Mannheim aus — from Mannheim

etwas von etwas [ab]wischen/[ab]brechen/[ab]reißen — wipe/break/tear something off something; s. auch aus 2. 3); her 1); vorn I

2) (zeitlich) from

vonjetzt an od. (ugs.) ab — from now on

von heute/morgen an — [as] from today/tomorrow; starting today/tomorrow

von Kindheit an — from or since childhood

in der Nacht von Freitag auf od. zu Samstag — during Friday night or the night of Friday to Saturday

das Brot ist von gestern — it's yesterday's bread; s. auch her 2)

3) (anstelle eines Genitivs) of

ein Stück von dem Kuchen — a slice of the cake

acht von zehn — eight out of ten

4) (zur Angabe des Urhebers, der Ursache, beim Passiv) by

müde von der Arbeit sein — be tired from work[ing]

etwas von seinem Taschengeld kaufen — buy something with one's pocket money

sie hat ein Kind von ihm — she has a child by him; s. auch wegen 2.

5) (zur Angabe von Eigenschaften) of

eine Fahrt von drei Stunden — a three-hour drive

Kinder [im Alter] von vier Jahren — children aged four

von bester Qualität — of the best quality

6) (bestehend aus) of

7) (als Adelsprädikat) von

8) (in Bezug auf)

er ist von Beruf Lehrer — he is a teacher by profession

9) (über) about

von diesen Dingen spricht man besser nicht — it's better not to speak of such things

* * *

von präp

1. räumlich: from; von etwas weg: off sth;

von wo(her)? where from?; → vom

2. zeitlich: from;

von morgen an from tomorrow (onwards), as of tomorrow; → an B

3. für den (partitiven) Genitiv, Teil: of;

die Einfuhr von Weizen the import of wheat;

zwei von uns two of us;

neun von zehn Leuten nine out of ( Statistik: in) ten people;

ein Freund von mir a friend of mine;

von dem Apfel essen have some of the apple

4. Anfang, Ausgang(spunkt): from;

von 20 Euro an oder

aufwärts from 20 euros up(wards), 20 euros and up(wards); → klein A

5. Ursache, Urheber: of; beim Passiv: by;

ein Brief von Jens a letter from Jens;

ein Gedicht von Schiller a poem by Schiller;

Kinder haben von have children by;

das ist nett von ihm that’s nice of him;

von mir aus I don’t mind, it’s all the same to me;

von mir aus kann er gehen I don’t mind if he goes, I don’t mind him going, he can go as far as I’m concerned; → selbst A; vom

6. Maß, Qualität:

ein Honorar von 500 Euro a fee of 500 euros;

ein Aufenthalt von drei Wochen a three-week stay;

ein Kind von drei Jahren a child of three;

ein Mann von Charakter/Format a man of character/substance;

ein Koloss von einem Mann a giant of a man;

ein Kunstwerk von einem Kleid etc a dress etc that is a work of art in itself

7. Thema: (über) of, about;

ich habe von ihm gehört I’ve heard of him;

er weiß von der Sache he knows about it;

man spricht von Brandstiftung there’s talk of arson

8. bei Titel vor Eigennamen: of;

der Herzog von Edinburgh the Duke of Edinburgh

* * *

Präposition mit Dat

1) (räumlich) from

nördlich/südlich von Mannheim — to the north/south of Mannheim

rechts/links von mir — on my right/left

von hier an od. (ugs.) ab — from here on[ward]

von Mannheim aus — from Mannheim

etwas von etwas [ab]wischen/[ab]brechen/[ab]reißen — wipe/break/tear something off something; s. auch aus 2. 3); her 1); vorn I

2) (zeitlich) from

vonjetzt an od. (ugs.) ab — from now on

von heute/morgen an — [as] from today/tomorrow; starting today/tomorrow

von Kindheit an — from or since childhood

in der Nacht von Freitag auf od. zu Samstag — during Friday night or the night of Friday to Saturday

das Brot ist von gestern — it's yesterday's bread; s. auch her 2)

3) (anstelle eines Genitivs) of

ein Stück von dem Kuchen — a slice of the cake

acht von zehn — eight out of ten

4) (zur Angabe des Urhebers, der Ursache, beim Passiv) by

müde von der Arbeit sein — be tired from work[ing]

etwas von seinem Taschengeld kaufen — buy something with one's pocket money

sie hat ein Kind von ihm — she has a child by him; s. auch wegen 2.

5) (zur Angabe von Eigenschaften) of

eine Fahrt von drei Stunden — a three-hour drive

Kinder [im Alter] von vier Jahren — children aged four

von bester Qualität — of the best quality

6) (bestehend aus) of

7) (als Adelsprädikat) von

8) (in Bezug auf)

er ist von Beruf Lehrer — he is a teacher by profession

9) (über) about

von diesen Dingen spricht man besser nicht — it's better not to speak of such things

* * *

adj.

off adj. präp.

by prep.

from prep.

of prep.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > von

74 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

75 изображение

display, icon, image, ( на экране индикатора) paint, pattern, picture, representation, record кфт.

* * *
изображе́ние с.
1. опт. image

изображе́ние ви́дно несовмещё́нным ( в дальномере) — the images are seen [appear] unmatched (in a range finder)

восстана́вливать изображе́ние ( в голографии) — reconstruct the image (in holography)

дава́ть перевё́рнутое изображе́ние — form an inverted image

дава́ть прямо́е изображе́ние — form an erect image

искажа́ть изображе́ние — distort the image

(ме́тод) получе́ния изображе́ния — imagery

наблюда́ть изображе́ние — view the image

накла́дывать одно́ изображе́ние на друго́е — superimpose two images [one image onto another]

получа́ть изображе́ние чего-л. с по́мощью электро́нного луча́ — image smth. by [with] an electron beam

проеци́ровать изображе́ние на экра́не — project [throw] the image on the screen

развё́ртывать изображе́ние — scan the image [picture]

изображе́ния слива́ются — (two) images fuse together

слия́ние изображе́ний — the fusion of (two) images

«сма́зать» изображе́ние ( в фотографии) — blur the picture [image]

совмеща́ть (полови́нки или два) изображе́ния ( в дальномере) — match the images

увели́чивать изображе́ние — blow up [enlarge, magnify] the image

уменьша́ть изображе́ние — reduce [scale down] the image

уменьша́ть изображе́ние (напр. в приборах электронного зондирования) — demagnify the image

чё́тко фокуси́ровать изображе́ние — bring the image into a sharp focus

2. тлв. image, picture

изображе́ние сжа́то, напр. све́рху, сни́зу — the picture is cramped at, e. g., top, bottom

3. рлк., осцил. representation, display, pattern

смеща́ть [перемеща́ть] изображе́ние — shift the display [pattern]

4. мат. representation; transform

аксонометри́ческое изображе́ние — axonometric drawing

ви́димое изображе́ние — visible image

внеосево́е изображе́ние — off-axis image

изображе́ние в рентге́новских луча́х — X-ray image

голографи́ческое изображе́ние — holographic image

графи́ческое изображе́ние — graphic representation

двойно́е изображе́ние — double image

действи́тельное изображе́ние — real image

дифракцио́нное изображе́ние — diffraction image

зерка́льное изображе́ние — mirror image

зерка́льное изображе́ние анте́нны — image antenna

искажё́нное изображе́ние — distorted image

изображе́ние исто́чника — source image

изображе́ние исто́чника, зерка́льное — image source

картографи́ческое изображе́ние — cartographic(al) representation

кванто́ванное изображе́ние по вре́мени — sampled picture

изображе́ние ко́да — code pattern

конгруэ́нтное изображе́ние — true-sided image

контра́стное изображе́ние — contrast [hard] image

лапла́сово изображе́ние — Laplace transform

находи́ть лапла́сово изображе́ние фу́нкции — apply the Laplace transform to a function

находи́ть оригина́л по лапла́сову изображе́нию — recover the original function from its Laplace transform

оты́скивать лапла́сово изображе́ние фу́нкции — find the Laplace transform of a function

лате́нтное изображе́ние — latent image

мни́мое изображе́ние — virtual image

негати́вное изображе́ние — negative image

неконтра́стное изображе́ние — soft image

неподви́жное изображе́ние

1. тлв. static image

2. рлк. stationary pattern

нечё́ткое изображе́ние — blind image

обра́тное изображе́ние — reversed [inverted] image

объё́мное изображе́ние — stereoscopic picture, three-dimensional presentation, 3-d image

опти́ческое изображе́ние — optical image

оста́точное изображе́ние ( на ЭЛТ) — after-image, retained image, image retention

параксиа́льное изображе́ние — paraxial image

перевё́рнутое изображе́ние — reversed [inverted] image

перспекти́вное изображе́ние — perspective, panorama [panoramic] sketch

побо́чное изображе́ние — false [ghost] image

позити́вное изображе́ние — positive image

по́лное изображе́ние — composite picture

полутенево́е изображе́ние — scale-of-gray [gray-scale] image

полуто́новое изображе́ние — half-tone image, half-tone picture

изображе́ние, полу́ченное шли́рен-ме́тодом — schlieren image

простра́нственное изображе́ние — stereoscopic picture, three-dimensional presentation, 3-d image

прямо́е изображе́ние

1. опт. erect image

2. полигр. direct copy

радиолокацио́нное изображе́ние — radar display

ориенти́ровать радиолокацио́нное изображе́ние — orient [stabilize] the radar display

радиолокацио́нное изображе́ние, ориенти́рованное относи́тельно и́стинного се́вера (меридиа́на) — north-(upwards-)stabilized [north-oriented, azimuth-stabilized] display

радиолокацио́нное изображе́ние с ориента́цией по ку́рсу — heading-stabilized [vessel-oriented, relative] display

радиолокацио́нное изображе́ние с ориента́цией по се́веру — north-(upwards-)stabilized [north-oriented, azimuth-stabilized] display

раздво́енное изображе́ние тлв. — split picture

размы́тое изображе́ние — diffuse image

расплы́вчатое изображе́ние — blurred image

ра́стровое изображе́ние

1. полигр. half-tone (photography), screening, half-tone reproduction

2. свз. half-tone image

расфокуси́рованное изображе́ние — out-of-focus [defocused] image

ре́зкое изображе́ние — sharp [crisp] image

изображе́ние релье́фа — relief representation

изображе́ние релье́фа, гипсометри́ческое — colour-relief presentation, graded coloring, tonal printing

изображе́ние релье́фа, стереоскопи́ческое — stereoscopic relief presentation

изображе́ние релье́фа, фотографи́ческое — gelatin relief image

светлопо́льное изображе́ние ( микроскопа) — bright-field image

сере́бряное изображе́ние ( в фотографии) — silver image

скры́тое изображе́ние — latent image

сма́занное изображе́ние — smeared picture

изображе́ние с рва́ными края́ми — ragged picture

стереоскопи́ческое изображе́ние — stereoscopic picture, three-dimensional presentation, 3-d image

стигмати́ческое изображе́ние — stigmatic [punctual] image

стробоскопи́ческое изображе́ние — stroboscopic [frozen] image

сфери́ческое изображе́ние — spherical representation

сфокуси́рованное изображе́ние — in focus image

схемати́ческое изображе́ние — diagrammatic representation, sketch

темнопо́льное изображе́ние ( микроскопа) — dark-field image

тенево́е изображе́ние — shadowgraph, direct-shadow image, skiagraph

топографи́ческое изображе́ние — topographic(al) expression, representation of ground, terrain representation

то́чечное изображе́ние — point image

трёхме́рное изображе́ние — stereoscopic picture, three-dimensional presentation, 3-d image

изображе́ние усло́вными зна́ками — symbolization

фотографи́ческое изображе́ние — photographic image

фотоэлектростати́ческое изображе́ние — photoelectrostatic image

изображе́ние фу́нкции по Лапла́су — Laplace transform of a function

цветно́е изображе́ние — colour image

чё́рно-бе́лое изображе́ние — black-and-white picture

чё́ткое изображе́ние — sharp [crisp] image

чрезме́рно контра́стное изображе́ние — hard [harsh] image

штрихово́е изображе́ние — line image

электри́ческое изображе́ние — electrical image

электро́нное изображе́ние — electronic image

Русско-английский политехнический словарь > изображение

76 полюс

pole (piece)
(генератора, эл. двигателя) (рис.90)
- главной ортодромии — transverse pole
- купола парашюта (рис.105) — apex
наивысшая точка купола парашюта при вертикальном спуске. — the highest point in the canopy of the parachute in a vertical descent.
- мира (в астронавигации) — celestial pole
- мира, северный — celestial north pole
- ортодромии, ортодромический — transverse pole
ортодромические координаты это геоцентрические сферические координаты, но co смещенными полюсами относительно географических северного и южного полюса., — the transverse-pole eoordinates are.- analogus to the geocentric spherical coord!nates except thei deliberately displaced from the geographic north and south poles.
- ортодромии (северный, южный) — (north, south) transverse pole
-, ортодромический, ортодромии — transverse pole
ортодромические координаты применяются при полетах вблизи северного или южного полюса, с расположением ортодромического полюса на истинном экваторе. — the transverse-pole spherical coordinates are used to permit operation near the north or south poles, by placing the transverse pole on the true equator.

Русско-английский сборник авиационно-технических терминов > полюс

77 सु _su

1
सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)

1 To press out or extract juice.

-2 To distil.

-3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.

-4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).

-5 To bathe.

-6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.

2

सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--

1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.

-2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.

-3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.

-4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.

-5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.

-6 Worthy of respect or reverence.

-7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.

-Comp. -अक्ष a.

1 having good eyes.

-2 having keen organs, acute.

-अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.

-अच्छ a. see s. v.

-अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.

-अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.

-अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.

-आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.

- आगत see s. v.

-आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.

-आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.

-इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.

-उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (

-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).

(-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.

-2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.

1 a hymn.

-2 praise, a word of praise.

-उक्तिः f.

1 a good or friendly speech.

-2 a good or clever saying.

-3 a correct sentence.

-उत्तर a.

1 very superior.

-2 well towards the north.

-उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (

-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.

-उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.

- उपसदन a. easy to be approached.

-उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.

-कण्टका the aloe plant.

-कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (

-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.

-कण्डुः itch.

-कन्दः 1 an onion.

-2 a yam.

-3 a sort of grass.

-कन्दकः onion.

-कर a. (

-रा or

-री f.)

1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.

-2 easy to be managed. (

-रः) a good-natured horse. (

-रा) a tractable cow. (

-रम्) charity, benevolence.

-कर्मन् a.

1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.

-2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.

-कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)

-कलिल a. well filled with.

-कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.

-कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.

-कल्य a. perfectly sound.

-काण्डः the Kāravella plant.

-काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.

-काण्डिन् a.

1 having beautiful stems.

-2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.

-काष्ठम् fire-wood.

-कुन्दकः an onion.

-कुमार a.

1 very delicate or soft, smooth.

-2 beautifully young or youthful.

(-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.

-2 a kind of sugar-cane.

-3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).

-4 a kind of mustard.

-5 the wild Cham- paka.

(-रा) 1 the double jasmine.

-2 the plantain.

-3 the great-flowered jasmine.

-कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.

-2 rice (शालि).

(-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.

-2 a particutar part of the ear.

-कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.

-कृत् a.

1 doing good, benevolent.

-2 pious, virtuous, righteous.

-3 wise, learned.

-4 for- tunate, lucky.

-5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)

1 a skilful worker.

-2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.

-कृत a.

1 done well or properly.

-2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.

-3 well made or constructed.

-4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.

-5 virtuous, righteous, pious.

-6 lucky, fortunate.

(-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.

-2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.

-3 fortune, auspiciousness.

-4 recompense, reward.

-5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.

-कृतिः f.

1 well-doing, a good act.

-2 kindness, virtue.

-3 practice of penance.

-4 auspiciousness.

-कृतिन् a.

1 acting well or kindly.

-2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.

-3 wise, learned.

-4 benevolent.

-5 fortunate, lucky.

-कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.

-केश(स)रः the citron tree.

-क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.

-2 of Śiva.

-3 of Indra.

-4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.

-5 of the sun.

-6 of Soma.

-क्रयः a fair bargain.

-क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.

-खल्लिका luxurious life.

-ग a.

1 going gracefully or well.

-2 graceful, elegant.

-3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.

-4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (

-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.

(-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.

-2 happiness.

-गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.

-गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.

-गत a.

1 well-gone or passed.

-2 well-bestowed. (

-तः) an epithet of Buddha.

-गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.

-2 a secure refuge.

-गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.

-2 sulphur.

-3 a trader.

(-न्धम्) 1 sandal.

-2 small cumin seed.

-3 a blue lotus.

-4 a kind of fragrant grass. (

-न्धा) sacred basil.

-गन्धकः 1 sulphur.

-2 the red Tulasee.

-3 the orange.

-4 a kind of gourd,

-गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.

-गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.

-गन्धि a.

1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.

-2 virtuous, pious.

(-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.

-2 the Supreme Being.

-3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (

-न्धि n.)

1 the root of long pepper.

-2 a kind of fragrant grass.

-3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला

1 nutmeg.

-2 areca nut.

-3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.

-गन्धिकः 1 incense.

-2 sulphur.

-3 a kind of rice. (

-कम्) the white lotus.

-गम a.

1 easy of access, accessible.

-2 easy.

-3 plain, intelligible.

-गरम् cinnabar.

-गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.

-गात्री a beautiful woman.

-गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.

-गृह a. (

-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.

-गृहीत a.

1 held well or firmly, grasped.

-2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.

1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.

-ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.

-ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.

(-वः) 1 a hero.

-2 a swan.

-3 a kind of weapon.

-4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.

-5 of Śiva.

-6 of Indra.

-7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.

-ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.

-घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (

-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.

-चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)

1 discerning or wise man, learned man.

-2 The glomerous fig-tree.

-चरित, -चरित्र a.

1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.

-2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (

-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.

-2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (

-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.

-चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.

-चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.

-2 a kind of speckled snake.

-चित्रा a kind of gourd.

-चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.

-चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.

-चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.

-चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.

-चेतस् a.

1 well-minded.

-2 wise.

-चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.

-चेलकः a fine cloth.

-च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.

-छत्रः N. of Śiva. (

-त्रा) the river Sutlej.

-जन a.

1 good, virtuous, respectable.

-2 kind, benevolent.

(-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.

-2 a gentleman.

-3 N. of Indra's charioteer.

-जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.

-2 a number of good men.

-3 bravery.

-जन्मन् a.

1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.

-2 legitimate, lawfully born.

-जलम् a lotus.

-जल्पः 1 a good speech.

-2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥

-जात a.

1 well-grown, tall.

-2 well made or produced.

-3 of high birth.

-4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.

-5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.

-डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).

-तनु a.

1 having a beautiful body.

-2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.

-3 emaciated. (

-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.

-तन्त्री a.

1 well-stringed.

-2 (hence) melodious.

-तपस् a.

1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.

-2 having great heat. (-m.)

1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.

-2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.

-तप्त a.

1 greatly harassed, afflicted.

-2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.

-तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.

-तराम् ind.

1 bet- ter, more excellently.

-2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.

-3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.

-4 consequently.

-तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.

-तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).

-तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.

-2 the foundation of a large building.

-तान a. melodious.

-तार a.

1 very bright.

-2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.

-3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (

-रः) a kind of perfume. (

-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.

-तिक्तकः the coral tree.

-तीक्ष्ण a.

1 very sharp.

-2 very pungent.

-3 acutely painful.

(-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.

-2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.

-तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.

-2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.

-तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.

(-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.

-2 the culminating point of a planet.

-तुमुल a. very loud.

-तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (

-नः) a well-pointed arrow.

-तेजस् a.

1 very sharp.

-2 very bright, or splendid.

-3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.

-दक्षिण a.

1 very sincere or upright.

-2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.

-3 very skilful.

-4 very polite. (

-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.

-दण्डः a cane, ratan.

-दत् a. (

-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.

-दन्तः 1 a good tooth.

-2 an actor; a dancer. (

-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.

-दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).

-दर्शन a. (

-ना or

-नी f.)

1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.

-2 easily seen. (

-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-3 of mount Meru.

-4 a vul- ture. (

-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (

-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.

-दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.

-2 a woman.

-3 an order, a command.

-4 a kind of drug.

-दास् a. very bountiful.

-दान्तः a Buddhist.

-दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)

1 a cloud.

-2 a moun- tain.

-3 the sea.

-4 N. of Indra's elephant.

-5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.

-दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.

-2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.

-3 one who offers such a gift.

-दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.

-2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.

-दिह् a. well-polished, bright.

-दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (

-र्घा) a kind of cucumber.

-दुराधर्ष a.

1 very hard to get.

-2 quite intolerable.

-दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.

-दुरासद a. unapproachable.

-दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.

-दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.

-दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.

-दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.

-दुश्चर a.

1 inaccessible.

-2 very painful.

-दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.

-दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.

-दूर a. very distant or remote. (

-सुदूरम् means

1 to a great distance.

-2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.

-सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').

-दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.

-दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.

-देशिकः a good guide.

-धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)

1 a good archer or bowman.

-2 Ananta, the great serpent.

-3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.

-धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)

1 the hall or palace of Indra.

-2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.

-धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.

-2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.

-धात a. well cleaned.

-धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).

-धित a. Ved.

1 perfect, secure.

-2 kind, good.

-3 happy, prosperous.

-4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).

-धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (

-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः

1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.

-2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (

-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या

1 a woman.

-2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.

-3 a sort of pigment.

-ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.

-नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.

-नन्दः a kind of royal palace.

-नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.

-2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.

-3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.

-नयः 1 good conduct.

-2 good policy.

- नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (

-नः) a deer.

(-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.

-2 a woman in general.

-नाभ a.

1 having a beautiful navel.

-2 having a good nave or cen- tre.

(-भः) 1 a mountain.

-2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (

-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.

-नालम् a red water-lily.

-निःष्ठित a. quite ready.

-निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (

-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.

-निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.

-निरूहणम् a good purgative.

-निर्णिक्त a. well polished.

-निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.

-निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).

-निहित a. well-established.

-नीत a.

1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.

-2 polite, civil.

(-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.

-2 good policy or prodence.

-नीतिः f.

1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.

-2 good policy.

-3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.

-नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.

(-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.

-2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.

-3 Ved. a good leader.

-नील a. very black or blue. (

-लः) the pomegranate tree. (

-ला) common flax.

(-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.

-नु n. water.

-नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.

-पक्व a.

1 well-cooked.

-2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (

-क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.

-पठ a. legible.

-पत्नी a woman having a good husband.

-पत्र a.

1 having beautiful wings.

-2 well-feathered (an arrow).

-पथः 1 a good road.

-2 a good course.

-3 good conduct.

-पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.

-पद्मा orris root.

-परीक्षित a. well-examined.

-पर्ण a. (

-र्णा or

-र्णी f.)

1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.

-2 having good or beautiful leaves.

(-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.

-2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.

-3 any supernatural bird.

-4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.

-5 a cock.

-6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.

-7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.

-पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.

-पर्णा, -पर्णी f.

1 a number of lotuses.

-2 a pool abounding in lotuses.

-3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.

-पर्यवदात a. very clean.

-पर्याप्त a.

1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.

-2 well-fitted.

-पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)

1 a bam- boo.

-2 an arrow.

-3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.

-4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).

-5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.

-पलायित a.

1 completely fled or run away.

-2 skilfully retreated.

-पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).

-पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.

-2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.

-पाद् (

-पाद् or

-पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.

-पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).

-2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.

-पालि a. distinguished.

-पीतम् 1 a carrot.

-2 yellow sandal. (

-तः) the fifth Muhūrta.

-पुंसी a woman having a good husband.

-पुरम् a strong fortress.

-पुष्प a. (

-ष्पा or

-ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.

(-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.

-2 the Śirīṣa tree. (

-ष्पी) the plantain tree.

(-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.

-2 the menstrual excretion.

-पुष्पित a.

1 well blossomed, being in full flower.

-2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.

-पूर a.

1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.

-2 well-filling. (

-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).

-पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.

-पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.

-प्रकाश a.

1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.

-2 public, notorious.

-प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.

-प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.

-प्रतिष्ठ a.

1 standing well.

-2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.

(-ष्ठा) 1 good position.

-2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.

-3 esta- blishment, erection.

-4 installation, consecration.

-प्रतिष्ठित a.

1 well-established.

-2 consecrated.

-3 ce- lebrated. (

-तः) the Udumbara tree.

-प्रतिष्णात a.

1 thoroughly purified.

-2 well-versed in.

-3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.

-प्रतीक a.

1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.

-2 having a beau- tiful trunk.

(-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.

-2 of Śiva.

-3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.

-4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.

-प्रपाणम् a good tank.

-प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (

-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.

-2 the earliest dawn.

-प्रभावः omnipotence.

-प्रमाण a. large-sized.

-प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.

-प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.

-2 close contact.

-3 dexterity.

-प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.

-प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.

-प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (

-दः) N. of Śiva.

-प्रातम् a fine morning.

-प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (

-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.

(-या) 1 a charming woman.

-2 a beloved mistress.

-प्रौढा a marriageable girl.

-फल a.

1 very fruitful, very productive.

-2 very fertile.

(-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.

-2 the jujube.

-3 the Karṇikāra tree.

-4 a kind of bean.

(-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.

-2 the plan- tain tree.

-3 a variety of brown grape.

-4 colocynth.

-फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.

-बन्धः sesamum.

-बभ्रु a. dark-brown.

-बल a. very powerful.

(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 N. of the father of Śakuni.

-बान्धवः N. of Śiva.

-बाल a. very childish.

-बाहु a.

1 handsome- armed.

-2 strong-armed. (

-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.

-बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.

(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 the poppy.

-बोध a.

1 easily apprehended or understood. (

-धः) good information or advice.

-ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.

-भग a.

1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.

-2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.

-3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.

-4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.

-5 illustrious.

(-गः) 1 borax.

-2 the Aśoka tree.

-3 the Champaka tree.

-4 red amarnath. (

-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.

1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.

-2 vain, flattering oneself.

-भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.

-2 an honoured mother.

-3 a kind of wild jasmine.

-4 turmeric.

-5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.

-6 the holy basil.

-7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.

-8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.

-9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.

-भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.

-भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.

-भट्टः a learned man.

-भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (

-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (

-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.

-भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.

-2 the Bilva tree.

-भाषित a.

1 spoken well or eloquent.

(-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.

-2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.

-3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).

-भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.

-2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.

-भीरकः the Palāśa tree.

-भीरुकम् silver.

-भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.

-2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.

-भूतिकः the Bilva tree.

-भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.

-भृत a.

1 well-paid.

-2 heavily laden.

-भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (

-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)

-मङ्गल a.

1 very auspicious.

-2 abounding in sacrifices.

-मति a. very wise. (

-तिः f.)

1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.

-2 a favour of the gods.

-3 a gift, blessing.

-4 a prayer, hymn.

-5 a wish or desire.

-6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.

-मदनः the mango tree.

-मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.

-मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.

-मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.

-मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.

-मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.

(-नः) 1 wheat.

-2 the thorn-apple. (

-ना) the great-flowered jasmine.

-मनस् a.

1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.

-2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence

-सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)

1 a god, divinity.

-2 a learned man.

-3 a student of the Vedas.

-4 wheat.

-5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)

1 the great-flowered jasmine.

-2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.

-मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.

-मन्तु a.

1 advising well.

-2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.

-मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.

-मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.

-मर्दित a. much harassed.

-मर्षण a. easy to be borne.

-मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.

-मुख a. (

-खा or

-खी f.)

1 having a beautiful face, lovely.

-2 pleasing.

-3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.

-4 favour- able, kind.

-5 well-pointed (as an arrow).

-6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.

(-खः) 1 a learned man.

-2 an epithet of Garuḍa.

-3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.

-4 of Śiva.

(-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.

-2 a kind of building.

(-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.

-2 a mirror.

-मूलकम् a carrot.

-मृत a. stone-dead.

-मेखलः the Muñja grass.

-मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.

-मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-यन्त्रित a.

1 well-governed.

-2 self-controlled.

-यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.

-यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.

-यामुनः 1 a palace.

-2 N. of Viṣṇu.

-युक्तः N. of Śiva.

-योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.

-2 good opportunity.

-योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.

-रक्त a.

1 well coloured.

-2 im- passioned.

-3 very lovely.

-4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.

-रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.

-2 a kind of mango tree.

-रङ्गः 1 good colour.

-2 the orange.

-3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).

(-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.

-2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.

-रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.

-रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.

-रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.

-रत a.

1 much sported.

-2 playful.

-3 much enjoyed.

-4 compassionate, tender.

(-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.

-2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली

1 a female messenger, a go-between.

-2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.

-रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.

-रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.

-2 sweet.

-3 elegant (as a composition). (

-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (

-सा) N. of Durgā. (

-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.

(-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.

-2 fragrant grass.

-राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)

1 a good king.

-2 a divinity.

-राजिका a small house-lizard.

-राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.

-2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.

-रूप a.

1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.

-2 wise, learned. (

-पः) an epithet of Śiva.

-रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.

-रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.

-रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (

-भम्) tin.

-लक्षण a.

1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.

-2 fortunate.

(-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.

-2 a good or auspicious mark.

-लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.

-लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.

-लभ a.

1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.

-2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.

-3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.

-लिखित a. well registered.

-लुलित a.

1 moving playfully.

-2 greatly hurt, injured.

-लोचन a. fine-eyed. (

-नः) a deer.

(-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.

-2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.

-लोहकम् brass.

-लोहित a. very red. (

-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.

-2 correct utterance. (

-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.

-वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.

-वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.

-वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.

-वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.

-2 linseed.

-वर्चसः N. of Śiva.

-वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.

-वर्ण see s. v.

-वर्तित 1 well rounded.

-2 well arranged.

-वर्तुलः a water-melon.

-वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.

-2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).

-वह a.

1 bearing well, patient.

-2 patient, enduring.

-3 easy to be borne-

(-हा) 1 a lute.

-2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.

-वासः 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 a pleasant dwelling.

-3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.

-वासकः a water-melon.

-वासरा cress.

-वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.

-2 a married woman whose husband is alive.

-विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (

-न्तः) a hero. (

-न्तम्) heroism.

-विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.

-विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.

-विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.

-विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.

-2 a king.

-विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.

-विदत् m. a king

-विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.

-2 wealth.

-3 grace, favour.

-विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (

-ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.

-विदल्ला a married woman.

-विध a. of a good kind.

-विधम् ind. easily.

-विधिः a good rule, ordinance.

-विनीत a.

1 well trained, modest.

-2 well executed. (

-ता) a tractable cow.

-विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.

-विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.

-विरूढ a.

1 fully grown up or developed.

-2 well ridden.

-विविक्त a.

1 solitary (as a wood).

-2 well decided (as a question).

-विहित a.

1 well-placed, well-deposited.

-2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.

-3 well done or performed.

-4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.

-वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.

(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 the poppy. (

-जम्) good seed.

-वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.

-2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.

-वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.

-वीर्य a.

1 having great vigour.

-2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.

(-र्यम्) 1 great heroism

-2 abundance of heroes.

-3 the fruit of the jujube. (

-र्या) wild cotton.

-वृक्तिः f.

1 a pure offering.

-2 a hymn of praise.

-वृत्त a.

1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.

-2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (

-त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (

-त्ता) a sort of grape.

-वेल a.

1 tranquil, still.

-2 humble, quiet. (

-लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.

-व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (

-तः) a religious student.

(-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.

-2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.

-शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.

-शक a. capable of being easily done.

-शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].

-शल्यः the Khadira tree.

-शाकम् undried ginger.

-शारदः N. of Śiva.

-शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.

-शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.

-शिखः fire.

(-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.

-2 a cock's comb.

-शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.

-शीम a. cold, frigid. (

-मः) coldness

-शील a. good-tempered, amiable.

(-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.

-2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.

-शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.

-शोण a. dark-red.

-श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.

-श्रुत a.

1 well heard.

-2 versed in the Vedas.

-3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (

-तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.

-श्लिष्ट a.

1 well-arranged or united.

-2 well-fitted; Māl.1.

-श्लेषः close union or embrace.

-श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.

-संवीत a.

1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.

-2 well dressed.

-संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.

-संस्कृत a.

1 well cooked or prepared.

-2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.

-संगृहीत a.

1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.

-2 well received.

-3 well kept.

-4 well abridged.

-संध a. true to a promise.

-संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).

-सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.

-सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.

-समाहित a.

1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.

-2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.

-3 Very intent, attentive.

-समीहित a. much desired.

- सरण N. of Śiva.

-सह a.

1 easy to be borne.

-2 bearing or enduring well. (

-हः) an epithet of Śiva.

-सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.

-साधित a. well trained or educated.

-सार a. having good sap or essence.

(-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.

-2 competence.

-3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.

-सारवत् n. crystal.

-सिकता 1 good sand.

-2 gravel.

-3 sugar.

-सुरप्रिया jasmine.

-सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).

-सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.

-स्थ a.

1 well-suited, being in a good sense.

-2 in health, healthy, faring well.

-3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.

-4 happy, fortunate. (

-स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.

-स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (

-तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.

-स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.

1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.

-2 health, convalescence.

-स्थिर a.

1 stable.

-2 resolute, cool.

-स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.

-2 well purified by bathing.

-स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (

-ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.

-स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.

-स्वर a.

1 melodious, harmonious.

-2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.

-हित a.

1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.

-2 beneficial, salutary.

-3 friendly, affection- ate.

-4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (

-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)

1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.

-2 an ally. ˚भेदः

1 the separation of friends.

-2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.

-हृदः a friend.

-हृदय a.

1 good-hearted.

-2 dear, affectionate, loving.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

78 ÁTT

quarter

* * *

I) f.

1) family, race;

2) quarter, direction; see ætt.

II) from eiga.

* * *

1.

f. a family, race, v. ætt and compds; for a fuller account of this word see ætt, p. 760.

2.

and ætt, f., pl. áttir and ættir [Germ. acht = Lat. ager, praedium, a rare and obsolete word in Germ.], plaga caeli, quarter; just as quarter refers to the number four, so átt seems to refer to eight: átt properly means that part of the horizon which subtends an arc traversed by the sun in the course of three hours; thus defined,—meðan sól veltist urn átta ættir, Sks. 54; ok þat eru þá þrjár stundir dags er sól veltist um eina sett, id.; the names of the eight áttir are, útnorðr á., north-west; norðr á., north; landnorðr á., north-east; austr a., east; landsuðr á., south-east; suðr á., south; útsuðr á., south-west; vestr á., west; four of which (the compounds) are subdivisions; átt is therefore freq. used of the four only, Loki görði þar hús ok fjórar dyrr, at hann mátti sjá ór húsinu í allar áttir, … to all (i. e. four) sides, Edda 39: or it is used generally, from all sides, þá drífr snær ór öllum áttum, Edda 40; drífa þeir til ór öllum áttum (= hvaðanæva), Hkr. i. 33; norðrætt, Edda 4, 23; hence a mod. verb átta, að; á. sik, to find the true quarter, to set oneself right, cp. Fr. s’orienter.

COMPDS: áttaskipan, áttaskipti, áttaviltr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÁTT

79 Hoover, William Henry

SUBJECT AREA: Domestic appliances and interiors

[br]

b. 1849 New Berlin (now North Canton), Ohio, USA

d. 25 February 1932 North Canton, Ohio, USA

[br]

American founder of the Electric Suction Company, which manufactured and successfully marketed the first practical and portable suction vacuum cleaner.

[br]

Hoover was descended from a Swiss farming family called Hofer who emigrated from Basle and settled in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, in the early eighteenth century. By 1832 the family had become tanners and lived near North Berlin in Ohio. In 1870 William Henry Hoover, who had studied at Mount Union College, bought the tannery with his brothers and soon expanded the business to make horse collars and saddlery. The firm expanded to become W.H.Hoover \& Co. In the early years of the first decade of the twentieth century, horses were beginning to be replaced by the internal combustion engine, so Hoover needed a new direction for his firm. This he found in the suction vacuum cleaner devised in 1907 by J.Murray Spangler, a cousin of Hoover's wife. The first successful cleaner of this type had been operating in England since 1901 (see Booth), but was not a portable model. Attracted by the development of the small electric motor, Spangler produced a vertical cleaner with such a motor that sucked the dust through the machine and blew it into a bag attached to the handle. Spangler applied for a patent for his invention on 14 September in the same year; it was granted for a carpet sweeper and cleaner on 2 June 1908, but Spangler was unable to market it himself and sold the rights to Hoover. The Model O machine, which ran on small wheels, was immediately manufactured and marketed. Hoover's model was the first electric, one-person-operated, domestic vacuum cleaner and was instantly successful, although the main expansion of the business was delayed for some time until the greater proportion of houses were wired for electricity. The Hoover slogan, "it beats as it sweeps as it cleans", came to be true in 1926 with the introduction of the Model 700, which was the first cleaner to offer triple-action cleaning, a process which beat, swept and sucked at the carpet. Further advances in the 1930s included the use of magnesium and the early plastics.

[br]

Further Reading

G.Adamson, 1969, Machines at Home, Lutterworth Press.

How it Works: The Universal Encyclopaedia of Machines, Paladin. D.Yarwood, 1981, The British Kitchen, Batsford, Ch. 6.

DY

Biographical history of technology > Hoover, William Henry

80 abundante

adj.

1 abundant.

2 ample, plentiful, bountiful.

* * *

abundante

► adjetivo

1 abundant, plentiful

* * *

adj.

abundant, plentiful

* * *

ADJ

1) (=copioso) abundant, plentiful

el agua es abundante en toda la zona — water is abundant o plentiful throughout the area

la fauna es abundante en el parque nacional, el parque nacional es abundante en fauna — there is abundant wildlife in the national park, there is a wealth of fauna in the national park

un país abundante en minerales — a country which is rich in minerals, a country which abounds in minerals

una abundante ración de calamares — a generous portion of squid

teníamos abundante comida — we had plenty of food

tienes que hervirlos en agua abundante — you have to boil them in plenty of water

la nubosidad será abundante en Galicia — there will be extensive cloud in Galicia

2) [en plural] a great many

un texto con abundantes citas — a text with a great many o numerous quotations

los flamencos son muy abundantes en toda la zona — there are a great many flamingos throughout the area

existen abundantes pruebas — there is plenty of proof

* * *

adjetivo

a) <reservas/cosecha> plentiful, abundant

la pesca es abundante — the fishing is good

abundante en algo: aguas abundantes en especies marinas waters which abound in marine life; un informe abundante en datos estadísticos — a report containing ample statistical data

b) (en pl) ( numerosos) plenty of, abundant

* * *

= abundant, generous, lavish, plentiful, rampant, copious, bountiful, fullsome, rife, liberal, hearty [heartier -comp., heartiest -sup.], unstinting.

Ex. There exists a failure to recognize new topics, or a failure to recognize them until it's almost ridiculously too late, that is, after there has been abundant literary warrant for them.

Ex. Many libraries have built I & R services into their budgets on a fairly generous scale.

Ex. Library staffing levels were lavish and opening hours long.

Ex. Information will become more affordable, accessible, and plentiful.

Ex. And so, the public library was conceived as a deterrent to irresponsibility, intemperance, and rampant democracy.

Ex. A copious influx of foreign capital and management and immigrant labour ensured a growing economy, with full employment and very little inflation.

Ex. Telecommuting brings bountiful benefits to information industry employers and employees.

Ex. Access should be quick and fullsome.

Ex. Chances for advancement were slim, and disillusionment at the lack of encouragement to participate in professional activities outside the job was rife.

Ex. It is quite true that the liberal use of crossreferences can overcome these problems.

Ex. Replies indicated a hearty support for the role of the library but little knowledge of its importance to them.

Ex. The revolutionary people of the world are unstinting in their praise.

----

* abundante en exceso = lavish.

* abundante en TI = IT-rich.

* con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.

* freír en aceite abundante = deep-fry.

* frito en abundante aceite = deep-fried.

* lavar con agua abudante = sluice.

* poco abundante = light [lighter -comp., lightest -sup.].

* * *

adjetivo

a) <reservas/cosecha> plentiful, abundant

la pesca es abundante — the fishing is good

abundante en algo: aguas abundantes en especies marinas waters which abound in marine life; un informe abundante en datos estadísticos — a report containing ample statistical data

b) (en pl) ( numerosos) plenty of, abundant

* * *

= abundant, generous, lavish, plentiful, rampant, copious, bountiful, fullsome, rife, liberal, hearty [heartier -comp., heartiest -sup.], unstinting.

Ex: There exists a failure to recognize new topics, or a failure to recognize them until it's almost ridiculously too late, that is, after there has been abundant literary warrant for them.

Ex: Many libraries have built I & R services into their budgets on a fairly generous scale.

Ex: Library staffing levels were lavish and opening hours long.

Ex: Information will become more affordable, accessible, and plentiful.

Ex: And so, the public library was conceived as a deterrent to irresponsibility, intemperance, and rampant democracy.

Ex: A copious influx of foreign capital and management and immigrant labour ensured a growing economy, with full employment and very little inflation.

Ex: Telecommuting brings bountiful benefits to information industry employers and employees.

Ex: Access should be quick and fullsome.

Ex: Chances for advancement were slim, and disillusionment at the lack of encouragement to participate in professional activities outside the job was rife.

Ex: It is quite true that the liberal use of crossreferences can overcome these problems.

Ex: Replies indicated a hearty support for the role of the library but little knowledge of its importance to them.

Ex: The revolutionary people of the world are unstinting in their praise.

* abundante en exceso = lavish.

* abundante en TI = IT-rich.

* con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.

* freír en aceite abundante = deep-fry.

* frito en abundante aceite = deep-fried.

* lavar con agua abudante = sluice.

* poco abundante = light [lighter -comp., lightest -sup.].

* * *

abundante

adjective

1 ‹reservas/cosecha› plentiful, abundant

la comida es buena y abundante the food is good and plentiful, the food's good and there's plenty of it

las porciones son abundantes the portions are generous

la pesca es abundante en estos arroyos the fishing's good in these streams

abundante EN algo:

aguas abundantes en especies marinas waters rich in o which abound in marine life

un informe abundante en datos estadísticos a report containing ample statistical data

2 ( en pl) (numerosos) plenty of, abundant

tengo abundantes razones para votar en contra de la propuesta I have plenty of o abundant reasons for voting against the proposal

* * *

abundante adjetivo ‹reservas/cosecha› plentiful, abundant;
◊ la pesca es abundante the fishing is good;

aguas abundantes en especies marinas waters which abound in marine life
abundante adjetivo abundant, plentiful ➣ Ver nota en bastante

' abundante' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bastante
- chorro
- cumplida
- cumplido
- mucha
- mucho
- abultado
English:
abundant
- ample
- bountiful
- copious
- deep-fry
- generous
- hearty
- liberal
- luxuriant
- plentiful
- profuse
- rich
- rife
- substantial
- deep
- scanty

* * *

abundante adj

abundant;

teníamos comida abundante we had plenty of food;

una zona abundante en petróleo an area that is rich in oil;

luce una abundante cabellera she has a fine head of hair;

habrá nubosidad abundante en el norte del país there will be heavy cloud in the north

* * *

abundante

adj plentiful, abundant

* * *

abundante adj

: abundant, plentiful

♦ abundantemente adv

* * *

abundante adj abundant / plentiful

Spanish-English dictionary > abundante

Страницы

← Предыдущая

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

True North II — was a small, ten foot glass bottom tour boat that sank in 15 m (49 ft) of water off of Tobermory, Ontario, Canada, in Georgian Bay, while transporting a class of 13 students from an overnight field trip to Flowerpot Island back to the mainland.… … Wikipedia

true north — noun uncount the north of the Earth calculated according to the Earth s AXIS (=the imaginary line through its center that it turns around) ─ compare MAGNETIC NORTH … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

true north — ► NOUN ▪ north according to the earth s axis, not magnetic north … English terms dictionary

true north — n [U] north as it appears on maps, calculated as a line through the centre of the earth rather than by using the ↑magnetic pole … Dictionary of contemporary English

true north — true′ north′ n. naut. sur navig. the direction of the north pole from a given point … From formal English to slang

True north — noted by the Chinese polymath Shen Kuo in the 11th century and possibly the egyptians over 6 millenia ago.True north: is if a line is drawn from the North Pole to the South pole it is TRUE NORTH .True north is compared to magnetic north (the… … Wikipedia

true north — Navig., Survey. the direction of the north pole from a given point. * * * true north noun The direction of the north pole, opp to magnetic north • • • Main Entry: ↑true * * * true north UK US noun [uncountable] the north of the Earth calculated… … Useful english dictionary

True North — Cette page d’homonymie répertorie les différents sujets et articles partageant un même nom. True North peut faire référence : au « Vrai Nord », terme utilisé en navigation pour désigner la position du Pôle Nord. True North (film),… … Wikipédia en Français

true north — tikroji šiaurė statusas T sritis Gynyba apibrėžtis Kryptis nuo stebėtojo į geografinį šiaurės ašigalį. Kiekvieno geografinio dienovidinio kryptis į šiaurę. atitikmenys: angl. true north pranc. nord vrai ou géographique … NATO terminų aiškinamasis žodynas

True north (disambiguation) — True north refers to the direction of the North Pole relative to the navigator s position.True north may also refer to:In music and media: * True North (production company), an Icelandic film and television production company * True North Records … Wikipedia

True North Bed & Breakfast — (Сквомиш,Канада) Категория отеля: Адрес: 1037 Glacier View Drive, V0N 1T … Каталог отелей

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

true+north

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

true+north

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: